V00522 ASxxxx Assembler Linker for VMS Version: 1, June 1991 Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3, V5.4 Source Language: C Keywords: Cross-Assemblers Abstract: The ASxxxx assemblers are a series of microprocessor assemblers written in the C programming language. This collection contains cross assemblers for the 6800 (6802/6808), 6801(hd63030), 6804, 6805, 6809, 6811, 8085, and Z80(hd64180) microprocessors and a relocating linker (ASLINK). This program is also available in RT-11 format. See DECUS No. 110918 for a further description of this program. Program was ported to VAX/VMS, and date and time were added to the assembler's list output. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00521 SUPERVISOR SERIES Version: 5.00, June 1991 Author: Various Submitted by: Dan Shoop, Security Pacific Software Services, New York, NY Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: BLISS-32 Keywords: Security, Terminal Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The SUPERVISOR SERIES, PHOTO, OBSERVER and ADVISOR, are a set of three utilities created by Security Pacific Software Services which allow manipulation of terminal sessions. These powerful utilities, once sold to customers worldwide, are now being placed into the public domain through the DECUS Program Library. PHOTO A utility program that allows a user to log his terminal session. While using PHOTO, each character sent and received at your terminal is recorded in a file for subsequent playback. Never again will you forget what you have done or have to handwrite a sequence of instructions for someone else. OBSERVER A VMS utility that allows the monitoring of any interactive terminal session. While using OBSERVER, a suitable privileged user can view every character typed and printed at another user's CRT. The target user is not aware that he is being observed, nor is it necessary for his terminal to be logged in at the time the OBSERVER session is initiated. When used in conjunction with PHOTO, OBSERVER can permanently record the user's terminal session. ADVISOR Allows a terminal user to type command lines and program input into another users terminal process. ADVISOR enables full control over another user's terminal session. With ADVISOR, a suitable privileged user can issue the ADVISE command and the name of the target terminal. The advising terminal is placed into OBSERVER mode and all characters displayed at the target terminal are also displayed at the advising terminal. Any characters typed at the advising terminal are interpreted by VMS as if they were typed at the target terminal. An escape character typed by the ADVISOR ends the ADVISOR session and returns exclusive keyboard use to the target user. ADVISOR will accept canned command sequences prepared from PHOTO log files for execution at the advised target terminal. This is ideal for simulation testing using meaningful script scenarios. The ordering information for the manuals is as follows: . Observer/Advisor User's Manual (EC) . Photo User's Manual (EB) Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V5.2 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), User's Manual (EC), 600' Magnetic Tape (MC) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00520 IEW TO VAX Bridge Software Version: V1, March 1991 Submitted by: Larry E. Snyder, Digital Systems Consultants, Inc, St. Louis, MO Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: KERMIT or other file transfer Keywords: Data Communications Abstract: This software takes an encyclopedia that has been exported from IEW (Information Engineering Workbench) and creates appropriate CDD+ and SQL commands to create an Rdb database. It also works with ADW (OS2 version of IEW). Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00519 DF Utility Version: May 1991 Submitted by: Esther Lumsdon, Verdix Corp, Chantilly, VA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: DF Utility is like the UNIX DF command. It gives free space (bytes, %) for all visible disks. It gives a more informative display than $ SHO DEV D. Release notes distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00518 VAX Scan Examples Version: May 1991 Submitted by: David K. Ream Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: PL/I, VAX SCAN Software Required: VAX SCAN Compiler Keywords: Language Interpreters Abstract: VAX SCAN is a powerful language for operating on strings. It is a compile/execute language available under VMS. It can be used to build filters, extractors, analyzers, translators, small parsers, and more. SCAN is meant to be a complementary language to the major language (COBOL, FORTRAN, PL/I) used at a site. It observes the VAX/VMS calling sequence standards and thus is easily used to build subroutines called from another language. This submission contains various examples of using the VAX Scan language. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00516 SIGNAL Version: 2.0, May 1991 Submitted by: Gregory L. Wright Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.4 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: DCL, Utilities - VMS Abstract: SIGNAL is a general purpose utility that allows you to use the VMS message utility more effectively from within DCL. With SIGNAL you can create your own message files or use existing system messages and message files to display messages to the user and control command procedure execution by issuing your own warnings, errors, or severe errors. See program description in SIGNAL.FOR for additional information. For a complete description of all the qualifiers, there is a VMS HELP file [SIGNAL.HLP]. Included is a demo command procedure, DEMO.COM on how to use SIGNAL. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00515 KPY GRAPHICS-I Graphics Application Version: 2.0, April 1991 Submitted by: KPY Corporation Operating System: MicroVMS V4.4 through V5.4, VAX/VMS V4.4 through V5.4 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 750K Hardware Required: VT220, VT320, VT420 and compatible terminals, ReGIS compatible terminals. Keywords: Graphics, ReGIS Abstract: Following is a brief summary of some of its features: . Creates, changes, prints, saves images for inclusion in documents . Seven chart types . Multiple variations . Linear or logarithmic scaling . Automatic/user range determination . Specification of axis location . Control of legends . Titles . Scales . Axis display and more . User-friendly menu-driven interface . Flexible data-entry and manipulation . Load or save properly formatted data files . On-line context sensitive help Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00514 DFI/DMI and Helper Version: V0.5i, February 1991 Submitted by: David M.D. Swan, Dept. of Nat'l Defense, Greenwood, NS, Canada, BOP 1NO Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3, V5.4 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: DATATRIEVE/CDD Hardware Required: VT100 or compatible terminal Keywords: DATATRIEVE, Security Abstract: DFI/DMI allows an applications programmer to produce a user interface that includes menus and forms based screen editing in a DATATRIEVE environment. It is optimized for ease and speed of use from the end user's standpoint and ease of programming for the applications developer. It implements field level protection, record level protection, contents sensitive record and field protection and change logging all using the verb, parameter and qualifier syntax that VAX programmers are familiar with. HELPER converts a help file into a document with numbered paragraphs and sub-paragraphs, paginates the file and produces an index. User has full control over new pages, paragraph and index indenting, underlining of paragraph headings, contents of index, etc. Included is a quick reference help file for VT100 terminal control characters. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. To use its full security features, it needs to be installed with privilege. It may be used unaltered from a user's account without privilege, but its security features will not be operational. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00513 IDLELOG Version: 1.0, November 1990 Submitted by: Dave Somogyi, Superconducting Super Collider, Dallas, TX Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3-1 Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 7KB Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: IDLELOG V1.0 is a simple, reliable, and efficient idle session terminator for VMS. It is written entirely in FORTRAN with accompanying DCL procedures which are simple to use and maintain. Complete source code (commented) is included along with a descriptive AAREADME.TXT file. IDLELOG runs as a detached process and maintains a log file of its activity. IDLELOG will ignore all processes which are non-interactive (e.g., batch, network) and processes which own subprocesses; however, interactive subprocesses are subject to termination. System managers have the ability to make certain users or even groups of users exempt from IDLELOG. In addition, the idle time limit can be set at the group level. Session activity is gauged by the amount of CPU time used and I/O operations performed. This limit can be easily adjusted along with other parameters such as images to ignore or usernames to ignore. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00512 PURGE READ & OUTBOX Version: 1.0, November 1990 Submitted by: Neil Lawton, Brevard Community College, Cocoa, FL Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3-1 Source Language: ALL-IN-1 SCRIPT, VAX COBOL Software Required: ALL-IN-1 V2.3 Keywords: ALL-IN-1 Abstract: PURGE READ & OUTBOX is an ALL-IN-1 SCRIPT that refiles users mail messages from their read and outbox folders into their wastebasket folder. A message is sent telling the user the number of documents that have been taken out of the read and outbox and placed in the wastebasket. If the user wants to keep any of the documents that have been put in the wastebasket, all the user has to do is refile the document before the (EW) empty wastebasket routine runs. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.7 or later is required and ALL-IN-1 V2.3 is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00511 READ_RALLY Version: 2.5, November 1990 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: VAX SCAN Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: The READ_RALLY application was designed to translate the output from the VAX RALLY report Utility into a file that can be processed by VAX DOCUMENT. This text file can then be processed with VAX DOCUMENT and then printed on a Postscript. The VAX RALLY report utility documents all the objects, action sites, and procedural code in your RALLY application in great detail. The problem is that humans cannot always deal with so many details at once, and often desire an organized overview of the application. READ_RALLY will document each major application object into separate chapters, and it ignores many of the details of the applications. For example, it records very few of the cross-references and action sites. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V5.2 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. While this application only requires VAX VMS V5.3 to run, it is assumed that the user also has the following software: VAX RALLY V2.0 and VAX DOCUMENT V1.0. The user should be familiar with the VAX RALLY Report Utility, as well as VAX DOCUMENT, before using this application. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00509 Cessna PC Utilities Version: 1.0, January 1991 Submitted by: Dale D. Lutes, Cessna Aircraft Co,, Wichita, KS Operating System: MS-DOS V3.3, VAX/VMS V5.4 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, MACRO-32, PASCAL Software Required: Pathworks (PCSA) VMS server for DOS Keywords: Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This program provides two utilities for use in a PCSA local area network. Following is a brief summary of these utilities: PC_LOGOFF In our environment, most of the networked PCs are shared by a number of users. This program and batch file combination allows users to log off of the PC without having to perform a STOPNET or reboot. PC_LOGOFF disconnects all unnecessary disk and file services, and removes any references to them from the DOS path. PC_CHECKPASS This program is used to warn PC users via MAIL when their password is about to expire. It eliminates the need to expire all PC passwords at the same time and to notify all users at the same time. PC_CHECKPASS is intended to be run as part of a nightly batch process on the VMS server. Notes: Executable and/or object coded is included. PC_LOGOFF was compiled and linked with Microsoft FORTRAN V4.1. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00508 LOGGER Version: 1.0, November 1989 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.4 Source Language: C Software Required: VAX C, Pseudo Terminal Driver, FTDriver Keywords: Terminal Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Starting with VAX/VMS V5.4 documented for general use pseudo terminal driver is provided. Part of the documentation for this device is a set of pseudo code that shows a typical use for a pseudo terminal. This submission is a coded version of that pseudo code example. The code is believed to be correct but has not been rigorously validated. The application chosen for this example was a simple terminal session logging utility. This is a frequently requested utility that is very simple to build and uses most of the pseudo terminals capabilities. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.4 or later is required. Documentation not available. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00507 ACCESS_CHECK Version: 4.01, October 1990 Submitted by: Erik Basilier, Motorola Inc., Phoenix, AZ Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: C Memory Required: 51KB Keywords: File Management, Security Abstract: ACCESS_CHECK consists of a shareable image which contains a number of user written system services. There is also a top-level program in C which exercises ONE of those system services. The purpose of four of the system services is to determine access to (and existence of) a specified disk file. This is similar to the VAX C RTL function CHK_ACCESS, but works in the presence of ACL's. It is also possible to check access on behalf of another user. The kind of access is specified either as a UNIX/VAX C 'mode' or as a VMS access mask. (The main difference is that VMS makes a difference between WRITE and DELETE access). The fifth system service retrieves the active rights list (as opposed to the authorized rights) of the current process. The top-level C program calls the access check system service on behalf of another user, with the access type specified as a UNIX mode. The result is passed to DCL $STATUS. Notes: It is necessary to merge MACRO-32 Source with DEC Source provided with VMS in SYS$EXAMPLES. VAX C Runtime Library Reference Manual helpful. Subroutines are included. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00506 File Definition to Common Data Dictionary Version: 1.1, February 1991 Submitted by: Kevin McLaurin, Miami Valley RTA, Dayton, OH Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: VAX CDD/PLUS Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: FDTOCDD is an easy and quick method of converting COBOL file definitions (FD's) into a Data Definition Language (DDL) which the VAX Common Data Dictionary (CDD) can use. To achieve this purpose, a VAX FORTRAN based system was developed which reads a COBOL FD and creates a DDL from it which can be copied into the CDD using CDDL/PLUS. Release notes are included with each distribution. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Removed data type statements from the COBOL PIC statement. VAX COBOL looks at the CDD Data information. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00505 DYNIDENT Version: 3.00, August 1990 Submitted by: Erik Basilier, Motorola, Inc., Phoenix, AZ Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: C Memory Required: 200KB Keywords: Security, System Management - VMS Abstract: DYNIDENT is a program installed with privilege that allows selected unprivileged users grant/revoke selected rights identifiers. This allows the proper "data owners" (e.g. project leaders) to dynamically change access to files without bothering the system manager. Unlike AUTHORIZE, DYNIDENT keeps track of time/date for when an identifier was granted to a particular user, and also records which user used DYNIDENT to grant the identifier. Users allowed to "control" identifiers through DYNIDENT can also list grants already in effect, which identifiers they are allowed to control, other users that can control a given identifier, etc. The system manager must maintain a text file which defines who can control which identifiers with DYNIDENT. The concept of "controller of a given identifer" is added to the existing VMS concepts of "identifier holder", "identifier" and "access control list". Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00504 RCS Version: December 1990 Submitted by: Rich Gregory, Commonwealth Clinical Systems, Charlottesville, VA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: C Keywords: File Management Abstract: The Revision Control System (RCS) manages multiple revisions of text files. RCS automates the storing, retrieval, logging, identification, and merging of revisions. RCS is useful for text that is revised frequently, for example programs, documentation, graphics, papers, form letters, etc. The basic user interface is extremely simple. The novice only needs to learn two commands: ci(L) and co(L). Ci, short for "check in", deposits the contents of a text file into an archival file called an RCS file. An RCS file contains all revisions of a particular text file. Co, short for "check out", retrieves revisions from an RCS file. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00502 MATHLIB Version: December 1990 Submitted by: Ronald William Burke, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Baltimore, MD Operating System: MicroVMS V5.X, VAX/VMS V5.X Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Mathematical Abstract: MATHLIB is a collection of Mathematical utilities callable from DCL. The following is a brief summary of these utilities: COMPOSITE Shows numbers in their prime factorizations. ENUMERATE Converts numbers into English. EXPONENTS Shows numbers that are raised to some power. FACTORIAL Shows factorials (repeated multiplications). FIBONACCI Shows Fibonacci series based upon two seeds. MULTIPLY Does multiplication of a set of large numbers. PALIDROME Calculates palindromes based on a seed. TOTALITUP Totals together a grouping of large numbers. TOWERS Demonstrates how "Towers of Hanoi" game is really played. TRIANGLE Calculates combination (PASCAL's) and permutation triangles. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00501 Hot Files Version: X01-01 Submitted by: Jim Duff Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 Source Language: MACRO-32 Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: HOT_FILES is designed to locate open files on mounted volumes and display the number of reads and writes that have been performed on them. This information is contained in the window control block(s) associated with each open file. The program can be used to locate heavily accessed files with the aim of improving overall system performance by tuning these files. This can be done by using a simple program to hold the suspect files open and periodically checking the counts with HOT_FILES. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V4.0 or later is required. Executive privilege is required in order to run this program. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00500 Network Management Utility Version: 1.0, July 1990 Submitted by: Pertti Kuusisto, RKS Konsult AB, Borlange, Sweden S-78127 Operating System: MicroVMS Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 150 KB Software Required: DECnet_VAX, TSM Keywords: Networking, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The Network Management Utility is a set of command procedures that supports an active network management and control approach. The enormous amount of network information which DECnet and LAT produces in the network nodes are collected and saved in files. Some of the files are analyzed by filtration and concentration algorithms. The information necessary to take the preventive action is left to the operation personnel. NMU includes procedures to collect and save the network configuration and the event files. One mode of operation is through a main menu and a couple of sub menus. The most common and useful NCP commands may be executed on all DECnet nodes from these menus. Procedures may be submitted that collect and analyze network parameter counters and events. You can select and examine the files from one of the sub menus. The second mode of operation is through automatic daily submission of the procedures. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00499 CMSMMS Version: 1.0, August 1990 Submitted by: Douglas McCune, Princeton University, Princeton, NJ Operating System: ULTRIX/UNIX V4.0, VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: less than 8 MB Software Required: DEC/MMS, VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: DECstation 3100 Keywords: Data Communications, Utilities - VMS, Utilities - ULTRIX/UNIX Abstract: CMSMMS is a system for computer aided development of FORTRAN applications in either a standalone VAX/VMS environment or in a network of VAX/VMS and UNIX machines. With the FORTRAN sources stored on the VAX cluster either in ordinary files or in a CMS library, generator programs are used to create DCL, MMS, and UNIX "make" files for the automated transfer of code updates to the UNIX machines and automated rebuild of subroutine libraries and executables as needed on both the VAX and UNIX machines. CMSMMS features permit easy construction of DEBUG executables on either type of machine. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executables and/or object codes are included for CMSMMS and LINKGEN. VAX FORTRAN is requred to recompile complete CMSMMS system. CMSMMS runs on VAX/VMS and supports DECNET connected UNIX workstations. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00498 CGLE Version: 3.1f, April 1991 Submitted by: Chris Pugmire, DSIR, Physical Sciences, Private Bag, New Zealand Operating System: MS-DOS V3.2, VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: C, VAX BASIC Memory Required: 640K Keywords: Graphics, Hewlett Packard, ReGIS, DECwindows Abstract: CGLE is a high quality graphics package for scientists. CGLE combines a friendly user interface with a full range of facilities for producing publication quality graphs, diagrams, posters and slides. It provides LATEX quality fonts together with a flexible graphics module which allows the user to specify any feature of a graph (down to the line width of the subticks for example). Complex pictures can be drawn with user defined subroutines and simple looping structures. The SURFACE utility allows hidden line surface plotting. The CONTOUR utility allows contour plots. Current device drivers support DECwindows, ReGIS, TEK4010, all PC graphics cards, VT100s, HP-Plotters, PostScript Printers, EPSON Printers and LaserJet Printers. CGLE runs on both VAXs and PCs giving an identical user interface on both platforms. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Several bug fixes and extensions, updated documentation, surface and contour plotting, and data manipulation. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EC), 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00496 CHECKVER - Version Number Reviewer Version: 1.0, August 1990 Author: Michael W. Austin, 3755 Highway 29N, Danville, VA 24540 Submitted by: Rolla R. Wade, Tennessee Eastman Co., Kingsport, TN Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: DCL Keywords: DCL, Utilities - VMS Abstract: VMS limits version numbers to no more than 32,767. Attempted creation of a file version greater than this will fail. This utility serves as a watchdog to find files approaching the limit number specified by the user. This command procedure allows the user to check the version number of the files on either a specified drive or all drives. If the file in question has a higher version limit than the alarm limit a mail message is sent to the user or a distribution list. This command procedure can be run interactively or submitted as a batch job. It also gives the user the option to have the command procedure resubmit itself and run continually as a batch job. Notes: Privilege to access all directories on a disk drive is required. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00495 TOPGUN Version: 1.0, March 1990 Submitted by: Tammy M. Bethel, Babcock & Wilcox, NED, Barberton, OH Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2-1 Source Language: DCL Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: Topgun scans the system displaying processes and the image they are running. It can display processes running a particular image or all processes running all images. It can scan and display processes on a specific node or all processes running in a cluster. The processes that fit the selection criteria will be displayed only or will be sent a shutdown message and destroyed. The number of minutes before destruction is also a selection. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V5.2 or later is required. New feature of F$CONTEXT used that came with VMS V5.2. Procedure works clusterwide or by specific node. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00494 DUNGEON Version: 3, May 1990 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 500KB Software Required: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Games Abstract: DUNGEON is a game of adventure, danger, and low cunning. In it you will explore some of the most amazing territory ever seen by mortal man. Hardened adventurers have run screaming from the terrors contained within. In DUNGEON, the intrepid explorer delves into the forgotten secrets of a lost labyrinth deep in the bowels of the earth, searching for vast treasures long hidden from prying eyes, treasures guarded by fearsome monsters and diabolical traps! For a description of an older PDP-11 version of DUNGEON, see DECUS No. 110370. Release notes are distributed with each order. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00493 Power and Sample Size Calculations Version: May 1990 Submitted by: W.D. Dupont & W.D. Plummer, Jr, Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, Nashville, TN Operating System: MS-DOS V3.1, VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Memory Required: 180KB Keywords: Mathematical Abstract: The POWER program performs sample size and power calculations for the most common study designs. This program can be used for studies with dichotomous, continuous or survival response measures. The alternative hypotheses of interest may be specified either in terms of differing response rates, means, or survival times; or in terms of relative risks or odds ratios. Studies with dichotomous or continuous outcomes may be either matched or independent. The program can determine the sample size needed to detect a specified alternative hypothesis with the required power, the power with which a specific alternative hypothesis can be detected with a given sample size, or the specific alternative hypotheses that can be detected with a given power and sample size. This flexibility facilitates an iterative approach to sample size selection. The program writes a log file of all calculated estimates and can produce an output file for plotting power curves. Notes: Executable and/or object code is furnished. This program is described in detail in Dupont & Plummer, "Power and Sample Size Calculations: A Review and Computer Program, Controlled Clinical Trials 1990; 11:116-28". Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00492 GLOBAL_EDIT Version: 1.0, May 1990 Submitted by: Thomas E. Chenault, U.S. Government, WSMR, NM Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 3KB Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The object of the GLOBAL_EDIT program is to provide users with a convenient tool with one command which allows them to make string changes in many files, possibly in many directories, with one command. Notes: No compilers needed to generate the program. Uses only DCL. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00491 Name Router Version: 3.0, May 1990 Submitted by: Tom Wade, EuroKom University College, Dublin 4, Ireland Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7, V5.3 Source Language: VAX/FORTRAN Software Required: PMDF Mailer or BSMTP Mailer Keywords: Mail Abstract: Name Router is an e-mail address translator, which translates conceptual addresses such as, "j.smith@sales.infotron.com", into an actual address like, "smith_j@vax1.infotron.com". It is used in conjunction with a mailer such as PMDF or any mailer that understands BSMTP files. It allows you to make your users' e-mail addresses independent of the node names of your machines. For those of you familiar with the PMDF Directory channel, it offers the same functionality plus the extra features listed below. This package has the following features: . Partial matching on names. A full address such as, "tom.c.wade@cc.ucd.ie", would be matched by any of "t.wade@ucd.ie", "wade@cc.ucd.ie", etc. . Default mapping for unmatched names, e.g., _@NODE. . Interworks with PMDF 3.0 or generates/consumes BSMTP files. . Uses VMSINSTAL. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 through V5.3 is required. Executable and/or object code is furnished. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00490 DORMANT Version: 2.1, March 1990 Submitted by: Darrell Blair, Johnson Controls, Inc., Milwaukee, WI Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: C Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: DORMANT is a utility that reports UAF account inactivity to you so you can locate the non-users of your system. This can aid the VAX System Manager with every day account and security management. You specify the criteria for determining which accounts are to be reported as dormant or near dormant. The qualifiers /WARNING and /WATCH are used to do this. If you do not supply the qualifiers, DORMANT uses defaults of sixty days for WARNING and thirty days for WATCH. DORMANT will also report any accounts that have never been used. The command $ DORMANT/WATCH=100/WARNING=200 will cause DORMANT to report all accounts inactive 200 days or more as WARNING accounts and all accounts between 100 and 200 days inactive as WATCH accounts. The report is written to the file DORMANT.RPT. This file can then be printed on a printer. The DORMANT report uses Digital Equipment Corporation special graphics so you will need a printer that supports this. An automatic installation procedure is provided if you need it. It will perform any compiles and links, create the command definition file and setup the DORMANT help file. The installation procedure does not install DORMANT system-wide. DORMANT is installed only for the account that invokes the automatic installation procedure. Notes: Privilege is required in order to create SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.LIS file. Executable and/or object code is furnished. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00489 Datebook Version: 5.5, May 1990 Submitted by: Bruce Tanner, Cerritos College, Norwalk, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: PASCAL Keywords: Calendars Abstract: Datebook is a calendar program that keeps track of appointments for specific times and dates as well as recurring (daily, weekly, monthly, yearly) events. Calendar entries may be at a specific time or have no time associated with them. Datebook will also keep track of general "to do" lists, phone numbers, etc. Remind is an accompanying program that runs in the background and will display a message ten minutes before, five minutes before, and at the time of the calendar entry. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V5.X or later is required. Executable and/or object code is furnished. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00488 VAX Archiving Version: May 1990 Submitted by: Clyde M. Hauck II, Mobil Chemical Co., Technical Center, Macedon, NY Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: DCL Keywords: File Management, System Management - VMS Abstract: The procedures and command files within this collection are aimed at the novice system manager, but should also be extremely useful to the more experienced system manager. Included are a simple set of command files for archiving and de-archiving user files. The system allows the general user to free up disk quota's by saving and retrieving files from a general archive space. The system manager then uses simple backup routines to archive and de-archive files to/from magnetic tape. The system has been designed to greatly reduce the time spent providing archiving services to the general user. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0014 \\ V00487 Miscellaneous VMS Utilities Version: May 1990 Submitted by: Joe Meadows, Timelime, Bell, WA Operating System: MicroVMs, VAX/VMS Source Language: C, MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: This tape contains several useful utilities: [.BITNET] Misc. (old) programs for trapping broadcast messages and converting LPUNCH format files into something normal. [.DECNET] Misc. examples of using the NET ACP QIO functions, also an example multi-threaded server/client pair are included. [.FILE] Allows you to modify file attributes. There are an unlimited number of reasons for wanting to do this, suffice it to say that if you have to muck around with networks, or recover from strange situations, then armed with FILE, and a sufficient understanding of RMS you'll probably be able to get your way out of most anything (well, at least anything having to do with files..). Recent enhancements to FILE include changing all the qualifiers to be positional, and of course the required changes in program logic to handle that (thanks to Ned Freed). [.FIND] Allows you to do quick searches through the "index file", which is where all the file headers for a given volume reside. You can do searches based on any criteria found within the file header (including oddities like the placement control maps [LBNs and such]). [.KFE] Short example program to demonstrate going through the "known file" list, the list of installed programs. [.MAIL] Documentation for Callable Mail, and example programs. Two programs - MAILUAF for displaying/modifying users' profiles, and CHECKMAIL for displaying new messages in a given user's mailfile. [.MAKE] Compiles most of the files in this distribution. Complete makefiles are included in each directory, as well as a COMPILE.COM. [.MENU] Displays single columns menus, or free-flow menus. It can interpret menus, or create compiled versions. [.MISC] Miscellaneous programs and procedures. [.MONITOR] Reads monitor data files. [.OBJECT] Extracts symbol definitions from object files. Extracts symbols from symbol tables (i.e. SYS$SYSTEM:SYS.STB). [.RIGHTS] Misc. (old) FORTRAN programs dealing with rights identifiers. RIGHTSLIST_BY_ID generates a list of all identifiers (and holders). RIGHTSLIST_BY_USER generates a list of users, and the rights they hold. [.SD] Set Default program - emphasis on simplicity rather than wild features. [.STATUS] DECnet wide User Process Display (very fancy SHOW USERS/FINGER equivalent). Highly configurable. Wild example of a multi-threaded server/client pair. Can display user selected bits of info from a very wide range of possibilities (quite easy to add others as well). [.UAF] Searches through the Authorization file for users based on any of the info stored in the authorization file. New features include a password guesser (a standalone guesser as well as being integrated with UAF). [.UNMESSAGE] Decompiles message files. This has been totally rewritten from MACRO into C. In so doing, it improved its handling of text strings. [.UNSDL] Creates header files from the SDL definitions that Digital Equipment Corporation provides. This has the advantage over most other methods in that no context information is lost. It has the disadvantage that only modules in STARLET are included, with a few from LIB being included. Currently there is only a C header module, however it's highly documented so that you could easily modify the C version to create some other language (such as MODULA) headers. [.VERB] Decompiles command tables, into command language definitions files that you can then examine, edit, and replace if you so desire. This is an ALL NEW version, rewritten in C. It outputs things in a much more sensible manner, and is quicker. It also fixes one bug (having to do with the handling of the disallows clause) which manifested itself in the VMS 5.3 SET command definition. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V5 is required on some of the utilities. Executable and/or object code is furnished. Privileges required for several utilities in order to run some of these utility programs. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MC) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00486 WATCHER Version: 2.6-2, May 1991 Submitted by: Matthew Madison, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 through V5.4-1 Source Language: BLISS-32 Memory Required: 500KB Keywords: Security, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: WATCHER is an idle terminal monitor. It logs out interactive users after a certain period of inactivity. WATCHER has a high degree of flexibility, allowing system managers to decide how to accommodate users' needs while still addressing operational and security issues. WATCHER is fully configurable. You can tell WATCHER which terminals to watch, and on a per terminal basis, what measurements (CPU use, process I/O count, terminal I/O count) to use as criteria for determining idleness and how long a terminal should be idle before the user should be disconnected or logged off. Users can be excluded from interference by WATCHER based on any combination of username, UIC, a held identifier, privileges, terminal device and/or port name, and time of day/day of week. You can override or modify the watch criteria and/or idle times for any user based on any combination of username, UIC, a held identifier, privileges, terminal device and/or port name, and time-of-day/day-of-week. Workstations are supported, whether running DECwindows or VMS Workstation Software. A debug/trace facility is included so that WATCHER's activities can be monitored. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is furnished. Operating system VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Multiple warnings. Several bug fixes and minor improvements. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00485 NEWSRDR Version: 2.9-2, May 1991 Submitted by: Matthew Madison, Rensselear Polytechnic Institute Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 through V5.4-1 Source Language: BLISS-32, C Memory Required: 1MB Software Required: A TCP/IP package Keywords: Data Communications, Networking Abstract: NEWSRDR is an NNTP client program for VMS systems CMU-Tek TCP/IP, Digital Equipment Corporation's VMS/ULTRIX Connection, TGV MultiNet, or any TCP/IP package supporting Berkeley sockets. NNTP is the Network News Transfer Protocol, which is used to communicate USENET news over TCP/IP. Since many systems cannot afford the disk space to store all net news locally, this program can be used to communicate with a cooperating news server system to read and post net news. News articles are fetched on an as-needed basis and are stored on the client system only while they are being read. NEWSRDR is not a port of UNIX-based news readers. It is written strictly for VMS and provides an interface that VMS users should find reasonably comfortable. Most of the commands in NEWSRDR should be familiar to VMS MAIL users. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is furnished. Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00484 Blocked PID Locater Version: May 1989 Submitted by: Brian Lomasky, Teradyne, Inc., Boston, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX BASIC Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: This utility will display the Node and PID of any user who is blocking another user from continuing. The title of this utility is FINDLOCK. It is used by simply typing RUN FINDLOCK. It will prompt you for the PID of the user who is "hung-up". It will reprompt you if you type in an invalid PID. After you respond, it will display the PID of any user on any cluster node who is blocking this user. If there are no blocking locks found, an appropriate message will be displayed. FINDLOCK may take a minute or so to collect its' data. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is furnished. CMEXEC and WORLD privileges are required in order to run this program. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00482 Message Exchange Version: 2.3, May 1991 Submitted by: Matthew Madison, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 through V5.4-1 Source Language: BLISS-32, C Memory Required: 3MB Keywords: Data Communications, File Management, Mail Abstract: Message Exchange (MX) is an electronic mail routing and distribution system for VMS. The following is a brief description of some of its' features. Users send and receive messages using VMS MAIL. Support for "signature" files is included in the VMS MAIL interface. Full support for automatic forwarding with the VMS MAIL SET FORWARD command is included. SMTP (RFC 821) message transfers over CMU-Tek TCP/IP or Digital Equipment Corporation's VMS/ULTRIX Connection, or TGV MultiNet. Includes support for Internet domain system MX records. BITNET message transfers over Joiner Associates' Jnet, compatible with the Columbia Mailer package for IBM VM systems. Fully supports BITNET-Internet gateways for non-Internet-connected systems. When combined with the SMTP support, can also provide a BITNET/Internet gateway service. Interfaces with DECUS UUCP to provide a single mail interface to all mail protocols. Can also gateway between UUCP and other networks. Includes an interface and documentation for developing custom interfaces with other mail systems. Site-installed address customizations are also supported. It provides a mailing list processor with automatic subscription requests. Mailing lists can be configured to restrict postings only to subscribers or list owners, and to restrict the automatic subscription handling. Internet mailing list conventions and a subset of LISTSERV commands are supported. One or more file servers can be set up by the system manager to handle automatic distribution of packages of files using mail as the distribution medium. Large transfers can be deferred to off hours, and daily per-user, per-system, and/or per-server limits can be placed on each server. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is furnished. Operating system VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. For TCP/IP support, Message Exchange requires CMU-Tek TCP/IP V6.4 or later, or Digital Equipment Corporation's VMS/ULTRIX Connection V1.2 or later, or TGV MultiNet V2.2. Documentation is in PostScript, ASCII and BookReader formats. For BITNET support, Message Exchange requires Jnet V3.4. For UUCP support, Message Exchange requires DECUS UUCP V1.1 or later. DECUS UUCP V1.3 is available on DECUS No. VS0124. Changes and Improvements: Several bug fixes and performance improvements. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00480 Problem Reporting System Version: 1.1, March 1990 Author: Sean M. Sullivan Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2-1 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32, RALLY, VAX COBOL Memory Required: 16MB Software Required: RALLY V2.1, Rdb/VMS RT Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: The Problem Reporting system V1.1 is a fourth generation application developed in RALLY, Digital Equipment Corporation's application generation tool. It was developed in response to a need at Foundation Health, a California Health Plan, for a means of tracking problem reports and reporting on them. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Not required but other helpful software are CDD/Plus V4.X and DATATRIEVE. Main application is in RALLY. Some modules of the application are not complete. Documentation not available. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00479 FORMS ACCOUNTING and ACCOUNTING TOOLS Version: 1, January 1990 Submitted by: Bob Armstrong, Algonquin College, Nepean K2G IV8, Canada Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1, V5.X Source Language: C Memory Required: 300 Pages Software Required: VAX C Keywords: Utilities - VMS, Accounting Abstract: FORMS ACCOUNTING and ACCOUNTING TOOLS allows a site to collect and report forms usage data on a VMS operating system. A brief summary of the contents follows: Symbionts A collection of modified symbionts for Digital Equipment Corporation and some third party printers to log additional accounting information in the accounting file. Repair Kit Reconstructs a damaged/corrupted accounting file. Filters out incomplete or invalid accounting records. Recover Files Allows operators to requeue a file for printing if it has finished printing (if it still exists on disk) with the proper formname, username and filespec. Screen/window driven. Qfile Archiver Archives files that have printed from selected directories. Saves space on backup savesets. DATATRIEVE Record For history file and merged accounting information Def. records. Reports Generate reports of all files printed from Generators selected queues sorted by form name and is intended for production clerk; reports on weekly forms usage by weekday for selected forms; reports on user forms usage from a selected time and includes historical usage by active user; summary reports on forms usage by week within budget year and provide some usage projections. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Will run on operating system VAX/VMS V4.X if recompiled. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00478 CEDIT Version: 3.0, March 1990 Submitted by: Steven Lendt, University of Nebraska at Omaha, Omaha, NE Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: PL/1 Hardware Required: VT100 or terminal emulation Keywords: Editors, VT100 Routines Abstract: CEDIT is an ASCII editor for VMS systems. In addition to the standard line oriented functions, CEDIT performs column editing functions such as deleting, inserting, copying, moving, replacing columns of text. The majority of CEDIT functions are menu driven with an on-line help file. CEDIT also has a built-in screen editor that can be toggled to be in insert or overstrike mode when typing and supports special character insertion. CEDIT boasts line and column scrolling for editing files up to 10,000 characters wide, auto column markers, ability to invoke another editor of choice and a variety of data formatting functions. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. VAX/VMS Version 4.0 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00477 SQUEEZER Version: 1.01.G1.0 Submitted by: Frank Canali, Gould Inc., Newburyport, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: VAX MACRO Memory Required: 6KB Software Required: VAX MACRO compiler Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: SQUEEZER is a modification to a program first published in the December, 1989 issue of the VAX PROFESSIONAL magazine. It runs as a detached process and wakes up periodically to purge the working sets of inactive users, making more memory available to active users. It will not run on releases of VMS prior to release 5.0. Notes: Documentation included in source code. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00476 Cross_Help Version: 1.0, March 1990 Submitted by: Thomas Chenault, U.S. Government, WSMR, NM Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0,5.1,5.2 Source Language: DCL, VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: 5.8KW Keywords: Cross-Referencers Abstract: This program is a cross_reference utility with respect to help files. It searchs a user input string against output from the help utility, outputing the hierarchy of subject, topic, subtopic, etc. whenever a string match is found. If a detached process is desired, cross_help_for_detaching is activated. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00475 Placard Display Version: 1.1, February 1990 Submitted by: Mitch Wolfe, Recording and Research Center Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0-5.3 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: VAX FORTRAN compiler Keywords: FORTRAN, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: Placard Display routines were developed as part of the Recording and Research Center Automated Voice Analysis Program (AVAP) to build a better user interface within AVAP and to alleviate some problems associated with VMS Screen Management routines (SMG). Essentially the Placard Display routines act like a shell to the complexities of the VMS Screen Management Runtime Library. All of the routines included in Placard Display are modular to some extent which means they can be arranged in most any order you choose much like the graphic systems PLOT10, PGPLOT, or DIGLIB with some exceptions. Placard Display was designed with the programmer/user in mind by giving them a set of tools to incorporate simple text displays, and menus inside of new or existing code without having to deal with SMG Routines directly. Within the Placard Display environment, the programmer/user can call routines which display text and menu screens with different renditions, display help windows, prompt user for input, read selected keystrokes while filtering out all others, and even pause after a display like in a slide show. Placard Display operates by reading simple, specially formatted files which you create, and then displays them as text and menus on the screen in a sixty-eight character by fourteen line bordered display for small Placard formats, and in a seventy-six character by twenty-two line bordered display for large Placard formats. Optionally, Placard menus and text can be displayed inside frame lines similar to placard cards on display for an event. In large format displays, menu displays can reference up to five hundred menu items. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Restrictions: Requires VAX/VMS V5.0 or higher in order to have the VMS Screen Management Menu Routines. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EC), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00474 SOFT_FONT Version: V2.0, March 1991 Submitted by: Jorg Buchner, West Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.X Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT300 series terminal or VT420 series terminal Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: SOFT_FONT 300 and SOFT_FONT420 are programs to design and store down-line-load characters on a VT300 series or VT420 series terminal. Characters are designed just like editing text in an editing window representing a magnified character cell. All modifications are processed real-time, i.e. you see the result of your edits immediately also in the original character size. Once a character set is fixed, it can easily be loaded in later sessions. The file in which the character set is stored is simply output with the DCL command COPY or TYPE to the desired terminal. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: VT420 capability. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00473 SOD Version: February 1990 Submitted by: Jorg Buchner Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: DCL, Utilities - VMS Abstract: SOD is a small enhancement to the DCL directory command. The files of a directory can be sorted alphabetically by filetype or chronologically by date. For the rest, SOD behaves like the DCL command. For example, if a file specification (with wildcards) is given, only the desired files are output. Output can be directed to any device or file and logical names are translated. All specifications (directory to be sorted and sorting-mode) are made in the command line with optional qualifiers. Default values are preset. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0013 \\ V00472 MASTERMIND Version: 1.0, February 1990 Submitted by: Jorg Buchner Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Games Abstract: MASTERMIND is the computerized board game where you have to find out the hidden arrangement of colored pins, symbols or ciphers (the latter is used in this program.) By logical connections of the computer statements given after each of your trials, you have to deduct the computer generated random number. There are different degrees of difficulty from which you can select. At the same time, MASTERMIND serves as an example for a multi-language application making use of the VMS Message Utility. Online instructions are available in English, French, and German. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0013 \\ V00471 HPCALC Version: 1.1, May 1990 Author: Mark Bublitz, 4381 W 150 N, La Porte, IN 46324 Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.21 Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Software Required: FORTRAN Compiler Keywords: Calculators Abstract: HPCALC is a rudimentary HP calculator emulator that uses SMG routines (screen management) under VMS to emulate roughly an HP-11C calculator. Instructions needed for running the calculator will be on the screen of the calculator. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. SMG compiled under VAX/VMS V5.21 is required. Changes and Improvements: Fixed a bug in the display. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00470 Check Passwords Version: 1.1, February 1990 Submitted by: M. Edward Nieland, Control Data Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1-1 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Security Abstract: Check Password (CHECK_PASS) is a program that allows the system manager to check the accounts on a VMS system against poor password selections by the users. Passwords for all selected accounts are checked via traditional methods of break-in via passwords. This includes checking against a dictionary. To run this program requires SYSPRV type privileges in order to read the proper data from the system files. This program cannot be used to break into system, only to check the passwords on the system against some known forms of poor password selection. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. SYSPRV type privileges are required in order to run this program. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00469 POSE Version: February 1990 Submitted by: Charles E. Hammons, Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc., Oak Ridge, TN Operating System: MS-DOS V3.1, ULTRIX V1.0 through 4.X, VAX/VMS V4.X through 5.X, VENIX V2.0 Source Language: C Memory Required: 120KB-400KB Hardware Required: ANSI compatible terminal Keywords: Editors, Utilities - VMS, Word Processing Abstract: POSE (Portable Screen Editor) is a dual-function program written in the C language that combines the capabilities of a text editor and those of a text formatter such as would be provided by a word processor or typesetter. POSE has been developed with portability as a primary goal so the code can be easily transported among systems. POSE has been written to follow the IEEE P1003.1 Standard, POSIX, so it can run on any compliant system. POSE was written to run under the following operating systems: any POSIX compliant operating system, Digital Equipment Corporation's ULTRIX and VMS, Bell Laboratory's UNIX System V, and University of California/Berkeley's UNIX 4.3 BSD, and PC DOS. This includes CRAY/UNICOS currently without full screen mode support. POSE offers an extended set of search, edit, print, and iteration commands. POSE can also be used for input and editing using full screen mode on an ANSI compatible terminal. POSE allows the user to view the final results of a formatted document on the screen as well as formatting directly to the printer. The POSE formatter is similar to Digital Equipment Corporation's RUNOFF program and the NROFF program which runs in the UNIX environment. The formatter features easily generated scientific equations and output streams. It supports ANSI page image devices such as the LN03 and the Talaris/Richo units, ANSI compatible CRTs, most (ASCII) hardcopy terminals, and some older non-standard print devices. Notes: This version is distributed in VMS/BACKUP format for use on VAX/VMS systems. For a description of the ULTRIX version, see DECUS No. U00122. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00468 RESETV Version: 1.0, January 1990 Submitted by: Thomas Edward Chenault, U.S. Gov't, WSNM, NM Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 2.5KB Keywords: File Management Abstract: This program purges and renames a given file as if the version of the file kept were the first version created. The program will use any wildcard which is recognized by VMS. This program is not to be used on the system device, since error log, accounting file, etc., are expected at fixed locations. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00467 QMAN Version: 2.2, January 1990 Submitted by: David Cathey, DSC Communications, Plano, TX Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1-1 Source Language: MACRO-32, PASCAL Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: QMAN is a VMS utility to assist in the management of queues. It can be used in the system startup to start all queues that are local to the node. It will automatically search for candidate queues based on wildcard queue name, and queue type (if /BATCH or /DEVICE qualifiers are used). Queues that match the search criteria are started. Only local and generic queues are started to avoid complications of starting queues in a VAXCluster when not all nodes are available. As new queues are added into the system, QMAN will start them automatically with no further changes in the startup command procedure. A STOP command is available as well. The other main feature of QMAN is the ability to generate a command file that can be used to recreate the entire queue file. All form and queue qualifiers are maintained (including ACL's on queues). The /FORM, /CHARACTERISTICS, /DEVICE, and /BATCH qualifiers are available to generate commands only for those selected components. By default, all queue components are generated. A /OUTPUT qualifier can be used to direct the output to a file. Corrupted queue files can be restored by initializing a new queue file and executing the QMAN generated command file. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00465 TEKED Version: 1.0, January 1990 Submitted by: Thomas E. Chenault, U.S. Govt., WSMR, NM Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 through V5.2 Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 1.2KB Keywords: Editors, Tektronix, VT100 Routines Abstract: This command procedure sets up Tektronix 4105 and 4109 terminals to use EDT, the Digital Equipment Corporation full screen editor. The TEK 4105 terminal must be known to the VAX as a device type FT4 and the TEK 4109 terminal must be known to the VAX as a device type FT3, at the time the user logs on to the terminal. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required because of changes in foreign terminal designations. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00464 LOOK - A BASIC Language File Browser Version: 1.0, October 1989 Submitted by: George Mc Duffee, Midland Brake, Iola, KS Operating System: VAX/VMS V5 Source Language: BASIC-PLUS Hardware Required: VT100, VT200, VT300 series of ANSI terminals Keywords: BASIC, Language Interpreters Abstract: LOOK is a VAX/VMS utility written in BASIC to determine parameters for a RMS data file and to examine its contents by "scanning" a "window" of twenty rows by seventy columns across the file using the cursor control [arrow] keys. A graphics or XWINDOW terminal is NOT required, however ANSI escape codes to set the normal, highlight, inverse and blink modes and cursor position are used. The RMS file parameters are extracted using an adaptation and extension of the example code in the VAX BASIC Reference Manual [p. 4-120/121] for the FSP$ function. The rows and columns are identified by numbers to the left and top using the inverse display mode. Maximum number of columns is currently 999 and maximum number of rows is currently 65,536, however this may be easily extended if memory/disk space is available. This utility has been found to be particularly useful when data is to be downloaded to a PC in that the file organization can be definitely defined and identified and the length/location of fields within a data string and other items such as actual or implied decimal points, types of delimiters if any, etc., can be verified. This helps avoid problems when there have been slight changes in the VAX file format, such as change in a field length from six to eight characters, so the data "translation" at the PC end can be adjusted before the PC data files are updated. The maximum data line length is determined and displayed. If the line is longer than 999 characters the actual length is displayed, however only 999 characters can be seen in the "window". Line termination is indicated by one or two blank screen characters indicating CR, LF, or CR/LF. The major differences from other programs of this type are determination and display of the RMS file parameters, and identification of the row/column location of each character in the data display "window". Not all RMS file types can be examined. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00463 X11TEK Version: 3.1, December 1989 Submitted by: Dr. Gerd Kobschall, Inst. Fur Keruphysik, Becherweg 45; D6500 Mainz, West Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1-1 Source Language: C Memory Required: 500KB Software Required: DECwindows Keywords: Emulators, Tektronix Abstract: X11TEK is a Tektronix emulator for DECwindows and X Windows 11. It provides 4010 Tektronix capability and nearly full 4014 capability including some Retrographics extensions. The emulator runs as a user subprocess and receives its input and sends its output via a mailbox from/to the Tektronix code generating application program. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating System VAX/VMS V5.1 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00462 CD_ACCESS Version: 2.05, February 1991 Submitted by: Peter A. Stockwell, Department of Biochemistry, Dunedin, New Zealand Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: PASCAL Hardware Required: VAX system equipped with RRD40 or RRD50 Compact Disc Reader Keywords: Data Communications, Utilities - VMS, CDROM Abstract: CD_ACCESS provides an interface to ISO 9660 standard CDROMs which are not currently accessible directly from VMS. VMS like commands allow setting of default directories and file transfers from the CD. On line help is provided along with comprehensive documentation. This package supports multi-segment directories and contains other enhancements. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Correction of Bug in Wild-Card copy. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00461 Animated Sorting Algorithms Version: December 1989 Submitted by: Timothy J. Rolfe, Dakota State University, Madison, SD Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: PASCAL Hardware Required: ANSI Terminal Keywords: Graphics, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package is intended for students in Computer Science courses up through Data Structures, with some possible use for students later in their undergraduate studies. The program uses ANSI terminal graphics to animate intermediate array states during the sorting of an array. The user specifies whether the array is to be filled with values at random, sorted in correct order, or sorted in reversed order. Given the initial state for the array, the program applies each sorting algorithm, which the user can pause through the ^S option on his/her terminal The program has built-in pauses between sorting algorithms, where the program waits for entry of a carriage return. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. FORTRAN code for nearly identical implementation provided for code comparison purposes. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0013 \\ V00460 TTP: Terminal Transfer Program Version: 1.0, November 1989 Submitted by: Sami Tabikh, Nichols Institute, San Juan Capistrano, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: C Memory Required: 300KB Keywords: Data Communications Abstract: TTP is a rudimentary terminal line communications program designed for the automatic exchange of data between incompatible computers when a common file transfer protocol, such as KERMIT or XMODEM, is not available. TTP can send files and capture received data into files under the control of either a script file or the user's terminal. Script sessions can be run from batch jobs, and the script command language allows for branching within a script based on the data received or other conditions. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00459 Sorting Benchmarks Version: December 1989 Submitted by: Timothy J. Rolfe, Dakota State University, Madison, SD Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: C, FORTRAN 77, PASCAL Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: The package contains benchmark programs in C, FORTRAN, and PASCAL, each generating (based on a user-provided seed) identical sorting problems (integer data) that are solved by several sorting algorithms. The array-oriented algorithms, exercised by all three programs, are insertion sort and quick sort. The list-oriented algorithms, exercised only by the C and PASCAL programs are insertion sort and merge sort. Besides machine benchmarking, these programs can be used for language benchmarking. As far as it is possible, each program contains identical implementations of the sorting algorithms, hence differences in speed reflect compiler differences. The PASCAL and C programs also provide a comparison of list-oriented code with array-oriented code in the two implementations of insertion sort. On some machines the list-oriented code executes noticeably faster than the array-oriented. The accompanying documentation includes a table showing benchmark results on fifteen computers for data sets of sizes beginning at 128 and going to 8192 by successive doublings. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. PASCAL has machine dependent lines re. opening of named file. External procedure CPU time for operating system required. There are both VMS and UNIX BSD versions of the CPU time procedure included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0013 \\ V00458 LeafWare and Graphics Version: 4.0, December 1989 Author: Doug Wamack, Interleaf Submitted by: Kim White, Interleaf Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Software Required: Interleaf version 4.0 or greater Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: LeafWare is provided to serve as a guide to writing your own LeafWare scripts. The LeafWare cabinet contains a useful set of Lisp scripts. This cabinet also embodies a convention for sharing and managing Lisp programs among individual users. The LeafWare cabinet contains four cabinets: Library, LeafScripts, Examples, as well as a Documentation cabinet. The LeafScripts cabinet contains scripts that can be pasted into your own Custom->Selection and No Selection cabinets. The Library cabinet contains supporting Lisp code for LeafScripts (note that not all of the LeafScripts require supporting code from the Library). This supporting Lisp code is loaded automatically the first time you run one of these LeafScripts. The Documentation cabinet has supporting documents that describe how to use LeafWare. The installation instructions automatically append a "defautoload" line into your users profile. This will allow the LeafScripts to load Lisp from the Library cabinet. The graphics cabinet is a set of graphic files from Doug Wamack, an InterLeaf graphics' specialist. The cabinet contains examples of a bit of everything from technical and commercial illustrations to cartoons to clip art. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.7 or later is required. Interleaf is intended for use with a TPS release V4.0 or later on the VMS operating system. It contains two parts: LeafWare cabinet and Graphics cabinet. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00457 STP - Setpoint's Text Processor Version: October 1989 Submitted by: Paul H. Boudreaux, Setpoint Inc., Houston, TX Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: TPU Software Required: TPU, EVE Keywords: EVE, TPU Abstract: This package is an extension to Digital Equipment Corporation's EVE Editor. The extensions include "rectangular" functions for cut, paste, copy, change case, text fill and number fill. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: TPU V2 or later is required on Operating System VAX/VMS V5 or later. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00456 Games - Utilities and Monitor Version: November 1989 Submitted by: Don Kooker, American Board of Internal Medicine, Philadelphia, PA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0.2 Source Language: PASCAL Software Required: DECnet for multi-user network Star Trek game Keywords: Games, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package contains the following: TREK Single user Star Trek game. Play against the VAX. TREK_CLIENT Multiuser network version of Star Trek. TREK_SERVER Play against other users anywhere on your DECnet network. SHEET A simple spreadsheet program. CAL A simple calendar program. MONITOR.COM Gather system performance data for analysis. FORMAT_ Extract monitor data from MONITOR.COM, MONITOR perform analysis, and store for future use. Rule based system allows you to produce summary reports of system performance and needed sysgen changes. CHART Display graphs of various monitor data across time and/or nodes (requires VWS software and workstation). QUERY Perform analysis of a node on a given day. CORR Generate correlation analysis between all components (see what's related to what). Notes: Most of the software requires terminals that accept VT100 escape codes (VT220 etc.). Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00455 PROTEC Version: 2.0, November 1989 Submitted by: Thomas E. Chenault, U.S. Govt., WSMR, NM Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 11KB Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package offers the following options: For the subsequent portion of a terminal session, it will report the default file protection settings and offer an opportunity to revise the default protection settings. For files, it will report protection or ownership settings. It offers an opportunity to revise protection or ownership setting(s) of either all files submitted by the user, or any combination of the files submitted by the user (does a file by file check). Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00454 LAT Application Port Manipulation Routines Version: November 1989 Submitted by: Robert T. Simon, Network Equip. Tech., Santa Barbara, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: MACRO-32 Software Required: MACRO-32 Assembler Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: When a program wants to utilize a serial port on a terminal server for general purpose communication, it uses LAT Application Ports. Before a program can use the application port, it must successfully connect the application port to the appropriate terminal server port. The routines in this submission provide a simple interface for programs written in C, FORTRAN, or almost any VMS programming language to manipulate LAT application ports. These routines hide the QIO interface provided by VMS and provide user friendly procedure calls. Some C and FORTRAN examples are included. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0013 \\ V00453 XEVE Spelling Checker Version: 2, Rev. 2, November 1989 Submitted by: Thomas Wolfe, Pasadena, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: FORTRAN IV-PLUS, TPU Memory Required: 10KB Keywords: Spell, EVE Abstract: The XEVE spelling checker includes three dictionaries which are used to test the spelling of words. A common dictionary (standard English words), a project dictionary (acronyms, etc), and a user defined dictionary. The user defined dictionary can be created/updated while in an EVE edit session. Utilities are provided to build all three dictionaries from text files containing one word per line. The source word file for the common dictionary must be in ascending (lexical) sort order. The project and user source word files do not. The EVE spelling checker also has special commands that understands a little about C, DCL, FORTRAN and MACRO source code files and only checks appropriate things. For example, the "SPELL FORTRAN" command checks only comments and character constants. The special commands are currently very primitive. A separate (standalone) spelling checker patterned after the LBL software tools SPELL utility is also available. The common dictionary currently contains 91,000 plus words. The project dictionary can contain 1,000 word (or 10,000 Bytes). The user dictionary can contain 200 words (or 2,000 Bytes). The maximum word size is currently 31 Bytes. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.X or later is required. Complete sources may or may not be included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00452 SIT System Software Version: November 1989 Submitted by: David L. Stevens, Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, NJ Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: C, DCL Keywords: Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: SIT System Software consists of the following: [.BATCH_CHAINING] Command procedure to allow chaining of batch jobs without modifying the original command procedure. [.CHECK_SOFTWARE Utility used to load software in a _STARTUP] heterogeneous cluster at startup time. [.LIBRARY_EXTRACT] Utility to perform a complete extraction of a library. [.LOGIN_CHECK] Utility that does some basic checking on the account before allowing the user to LOGIN in. [.NET_COPY] Prompting utility for network copying, similar to DEC-10 NFT. [.PRINTER_SYMBIONT] Modifications to the default VMS Print Symbiont. This program implements a different Burst and Flag page than defaulted by the standard VAX Print Symbiont. [.GENERAL_C_ A collection of generic VAXC modules and "Include" MODULES] files used to create an easy and convenient interface to tasks that are often required, but difficult to accomplish. [.LSE] Mail environment definition for use of LSE as one's default VAXMail editor. [.MIC] Command file activation utility. Procedure that allows user to store names of commonly used command procedures and a command word to start them, but not create a large process symbol table to hold all the symbols. [.QMS] Queued Mail System interfacing DECnet (SMTP & Mail 11), BITnet and CMU TCP/IP. Utility internally determines what network the mail message is destined for and routes it to the specific network mail queue for delivery. The Mail System requires very limited set up and initialization info to be specified. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00451 DECserver - Print Queue Version: 1.0, November 1989 Submitted by: Pasquale F. Scopelliti, Corning Incorporation, Corning, NY Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: DCL Software Required: Terminal Server Manager (TSM) for Debugger Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package consists of files needed to manage large numbers of DECserver-based print queues. It contains .TXT files containing escape sequences for various devices, especially the LN03 printer. The following is a brief summary of highlights: SETUP_LAT_ Reads the definition file LAT_PRINTERS.DEF, DEVICES.COM and defines all the queues and LAT ports. Some user editing might be needed in the RESET sequences in the queue initialization commands and in the SET TERMINAL settings. CHECK_QUEUE. Checks all aspects of a DECserver based COM queue. In particular, it goes out to the DECserver and verifies that its name and port are setup properly. It requires that TSM (Terminal Server Manager) be installed. MAINT.COM Maintains the entries in SYS$LIBRARY:SYSDEVCTL.TLB. Some of the setup escape sequences included are: . LN03_80COL_PORTRAIT_3HOLE.TXT, LN03_132COL_LANDSCAPE_3HOLE.TXT, these sequences leave room for a three hole punch. . LN03_200_80.TXT, used for landscape printing at 200 characters by 80 lines. This is about as tight as can be, and still be readable. . LN03_BOX.TXT, draws a box around the page. . LN03_TCS_LANDSCAPE.TXT, LN03_TCS_PORTRAIT.TXT, used for documents containing Technical Characters. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.6 through V5 is required. Complete sources may or may not be included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00450 SDMENU Version: November 1989 Submitted by: Harrison Spain, McDonnell Douglas, Cypress, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: DCL Hardware Required: See Notes Keywords: DCL, Utilities - VMS Abstract: A collection of utilities follows: SDMENU This is a VMSINSTAL kit building utility. A couple of logicals help SDMENU work properly. SD$DIR points to the location of the SDMENU.COM file and SDMENU.LOG. If you run SDMENU and this logical is not defined, SDMENU will define the logical using the location of SDMENU.COM. SD$ROOT Points to the location of the software kits. This is a rooted logical. If this is not defined, SDMENU will define the logical using the location of SDMENU.COM. TIMESHEET TIMESHEET.COM is a utility for filling out weekly timesheets. TIMESHEET will create an indexed file to track where you spend your time during the week. If you are lucky enough to have a boss on E-MAIL, TIMESHEET can forward a report via MAIL. DEBUG DEBUG is not a debugger for DCL. DEBUG checks command files for missing labels. VMSINSTAL VMSINSTAL.HLP is a help file documenting the VMSINSTAL utility. It keeps all the callbacks handy. Notes: Executable and/or object code is furnished. VT100 terminal is required to run TIMESHEET. Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Complete sources may or may not be included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00449 TERMINATOR Version: 1.0, October 1989 Submitted by: Adam Mason, ACM Software Services Ltd., Salfords, Surrey, Great Britain RH1 5BD Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32 Software Required: MACRO-32 Compiler, DCL, Message Facility Keywords: DCL, System Management - VMS Abstract: TERMINATOR is a DCL command procedure which looks at the CPU usage of all interactive users, at set intervals, and determines whether they are doing anything, or have simply left their terminal logged-in. It is a little more advanced than some other offerings in this field, as it takes into account whether or not the user is waiting for any sub, or detached, processes to complete which will be of some comfort to INGRES system users who may be waiting for a back end to complete. It also allows the system manager to instruct the procedure to ignore certain user names, thus ignoring such users as FIELD, SYSTEM or OPERATOR who may be using the system consoles. It was primarily designed to run in BATCH mode, between certain times, but could be easily adapted to run in detached mode, or from a terminal. In addition to TERMINATOR, FORCE.EXE is included as a DCL interface to the SYS$FORCEX service, to force a process to call SYS$EXIT. This is written in MACRO-32 and is used by TERMINATOR.COM. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: WORLD privilege is required in order to run this program. Operating System VAX/VMS V5 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00448 VMS Show Files Version: October 1989 Submitted by: Mike Rieker, Software Partners, Topsfield, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7, V5.2 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 8KB Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: SHOFIL is a utility that will SHOw the FILes currently accessed by a process. It displays information on all devices (terminals, magtapes, etc) being accessed by the process. It will perform this on a once-per-command basis (similar to a SHOW PROCESS command) or on a continuous basis (such as in a SHOW PROCESS/CONTINUOUS command). Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00447 REPORT_USAGE.FOR Version: 1.0, November 1989 Submitted by: Thomas Edward Chenault, U.S. Government, White Sands Missle Range, NM Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 10KW Keywords: Accounting Abstract: REPORT_USAGE creates a two section, one page, accounting report for any desired time period consisting of a user by user section and a grand total section. The user by user section of the report has column headings of user, number of logins, elapsed time, processor time, image count, pages printed, volumes mounted, page faults, page faults per CPU hour, page file, working set. The headings of the grand total section are identical with the exception that number of users replaces user. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Compile with REPORT_USAGE.FOR and link with LINK REPORT_USAGE. Privilege to access ACCOUNTING.DAT is necessary. Sample output is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00446 DOS 2 VAX High BIT ASCII Character Translator Version: 1.0, September 1989 Submitted by: George McDuffee, Midland Brake, Iola, KS Operating System: MS-DOS V3.3, VAX/VMS Source Language: See Notes Memory Required: 256KB Software Required: See Notes Hardware Required: VAX and any IBM PC compatible computer Keywords: Conversions, Graphics, IBM Abstract: DOS2VAX.BAS/EXE is a PC/MS-DOS to VAX character "transliteration" program, and runs on any IBM PC compatible computer using MS-DOS Version 2.1 or greater. This program allows screen development to be done off line on a PC, for example using screen generators such as SoftCode with easy transfer to the VAX. It also allows memos and letters using the extended ASCII characters to be input on a PC and uploaded and mailed with the correct characters in the VAX version. The only requirement is the input file must be in ASCII line format, but most PC screen generators have this option. This program reads DOS ASCII text files in the line mode and using a character by character "lookup" table replaces special or high-BIT DOS character with the nearest equivalent VAX character. Where required, for example line drawing characters, it writes three characters to the output file, , the equivalent Digital Equipment Corporation special graphics character set character, and . Because Digital Equipment Corporation lacks the double line characters, all line drawing characters "map" to single line characters. The program then makes a second pass on the resulting character string to eliminate redundant character pairs where a sequence of special graphics characters is used. The "lookup" table can be easily edited to substitute a different VAX character or character string. The output is written as an ASCII text file in the form of quoted character strings for VAX BASIC-PLUS programming use. The length of the string is also indicated as a "wrap" is caused at 80/132 characters, even when not all of these were printing characters. The program then appends an "include" section to the output file which has defined string constants for screen attribute control such as highlight, blink, inverse, underline and invisible. A subroutine to emulate the QuickBASIC function LOCATE() is also included. This allows splitting of lines greater than 80/132 characters and printing on the screen in two [or more] passes. Defined string constants are also included to move the Digital Equipment Corporation special graphics character set to the alternate character set [toggled by the /], to make the cursor invisible and to do a "soft" terminal reset, etc. The resulting output file can then be uploaded to the VAX using "KERMIT" or other protocol/program as a straight ASCII file. A simple bounce bar menu program developed on the PC and "transliterated" to the VAX [MM.BAS and MM.EXE] using these "constants" is included which also demonstrates the use of cursor control [arrow] keys. Notes: Source Language is Microsoft QuickBASIC 4.5. Need QuickBASIC 4.5 compiler only if you wish to make changes and then recompile. Operating System MS-DOS V3 or later is required. KERMIT as other protocol/program is required to upload files to the VAX. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00445 Text Formatter for LN03 Printer Version: 1.0, August 1989 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation India Ltd Operating System: MS-DOS V3.0 Source Language: TURBO C Memory Required: 256KB Hardware Required: LN03 Laser printer to be connected with PCs or PC/XTs through serial port Keywords: IBM, Text Formatting Abstract: This package consists of the following utilities for document preparation on the LN03 Laser Printer: Screen dump routine Simulates the MS-DOS Prtsc routine for LN03 Laser Printer. Save screen routine Graphics generated on the screen can be saved to a file for further formatting purposes. Text formatter WORDSTAR compatible document files can be formatted with additional features like downloading fonts, selection for printing, table formatter, special and mathematical symbols printing, formatting external data created by utility, save screen routine. In general, the utilities provide a user friendly menu driven interface between IBM Compatible Personal Computers' family and an LN03 Laser printer. Notes: The programs in the package make use of dot commands and control character sets similar to WORDSTAR, table handling features similar to NROFF and MACROS for Math symbols similar to TeX. Operating System MS-DOS V3.0 or later is required. Restrictions: Complicated mathematical expressions and graphic language features are not supported with this version. This software has to be run on an IBM compatible PC for interfacing an IBM compatible PC with an LN03 Laser Printer. Please note the media is an RX50 diskette. IBM Compatible Personal Computers cannot read RX50 diskettes, so it would be necessary to transfer the data on the RX50 diskette to a diskette compatible with IBM Personal Computers. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0012 \\ V00444 FIBA - File Batch Generator Version: 1.0, September 1989 Author: W. Hammerschmid, Isperpasse 16, Austria A-1210 Wien Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6 through V5.1, VAX/VMS V4.6 through V5.1 Source Language: PASCAL Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: Depending upon what the date (backup, created, expires or revised date) is on two or more files, there will be generated one or more command lines in the batch file. The output file includes the setting of the default directory, which contains the input file, all command lines with leading $ (if they are not continuing command lines) and three remark lines with a down counter in front of every new command block and the name of the file, which starts the command line block. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0012 \\ V00443 LSE For INGRES OSL & SQL Languages Version: 1.0, September 1989 Author: S.K. Jones Submitted by: Dr. D. Morrey, Velindre Hospital, Cardiff, UK CF4 7XL Operating System: MicroVMS Source Language: LSE Software Required: LSE: Language Sensitive Editor, INGRES Keywords: Editors, Language Interpreters Abstract: This tape contains VAX Language Sensitive Editor (LSE) templates for OSL and SQL languages for use with Relational Technology INGRES Relational Database system. OSL is the Fourth Generation Language or Application Generator used by developers of INGRES Applications. SQL is the INGRES database query language and will have use for developers and advanced users. In addition to VAXLSE's use as a traditional text editor, the templates provided in this submission may be used to supply the program structure and text for statement constructs and thus simplify the task of developing and maintaining INGRES applications. LSE can also be used to construct correct syntax SQL statements. In addition, function keys have been defined to ease the use of the VAXLSE commands to manipulate the tokens and placeholders. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00442 Lawrence University Tape Utilities Version: October 1990 Author: Robert Lowe, Lawrence University Submitted by: James S. Evans, Lawrence University, Appleton, WI Operating System: VAX/VMS 5.3-1 Source Language: VAX BASIC Keywords: IBM, Utilities - Tape, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The Lawrence University tape utilities package consists of three programs - TAPE_READ, TAPE_WRITE, and TAPE_ANALYZE. TAPE_READ and TAPE_WRITE respectively read and write tapes foreign to VMS. These include block (unlabelled) and IBM Standard Label format tapes with fixed or variable length records using either the ASCII or EBCDIC character code set. The software senses for and supports the recording densities allowed by the hardware. Multivolume datasets can be written as well as read. Both TAPE_READ and TAPE_WRITE support wildcarding. Additional features of TAPE_READ include: reference to a dataset by name (labelled tapes) or by dataset number for random access; print a directory of a labelled tape (use TAPE_ANALYZE for unlabelled tapes); select a range of records to dump to disk. By means of a state table, TAPE_ANALYZE performs validity checking on tapes in ANSI, IBM SL or DOS format. Label records are displayed in full, whereas data records are summarized. Any error states encountered are reported. All utilities use a common help library for interactive HELP as well as a message file to provide consistency with the VMS error reporting style. System services are used to mount and dismount tape volumes. In addition, all I/O is performed with low-level QIO calls for maximum efficiency. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0-2 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. TAPE_READ and TAPE_WRITE are complete rewrites of precursors UNITAP and UNIWRI, DECUS No. 110332. TAPE_ANALYZE is a rewrite and upgrade of MTANAL, a public domain program of unknown origin. Changes and Improvements: Bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00439 PROFILE Version: 2.2, February 1990 Submitted by: G.K. Day and J.P. Gormley, Observer Newspapers Operating System: MicroVMS V4.7 Source Language: VAX BASIC Memory Required: 70KB Hardware Required: VT100, VT220, VT320 or compatible terminal Keywords: Graphics, Utilities - VMS Abstract: PROFILE V2.2 is a windowed environment that organizes your system quickly and painlessly and allows you to perform many DCL commands with a single keystroke. Copy, rename, delete files, change directories, enter mail utility, spawn a command, all with the single stroke of a key. SMG$ routines put everything into windows. One window for highlighted file attributes and current UIC, another window to display broadcast messages, and still another window to show the definitions of function keys. The directories are brought up in another window, and subdirectories are layered on top of this window to give you a visual representation of your current location in the directory substructure. A setup file gives you the ability to customize the setup of PROFILE so that every time it loads, it has the desired attributes and default directory. The window of files includes all files and directories in that specific directory. Any of the files can be typed, edited, renamed, copied, and any directory can be brought up by highlighting the name of the directory and pressing the directory key. Another key will replace all the files with only subdirectories. The wildcard feature will allow you to access only part of a directory. For example: '*.BAS' will bring up a directory of files with a '.BAS' extension. More features of PROFILE are as follows: . Miscellaneous bug fixes. . PROFONT!, a built-in graphics character generator. . Uses SMG$ routines for windowing of directories. . User defined pop-up menu with custom help. . File marking for mass deletes, copies and print. . Menu selection of command qualifiers. . On-line help by key. . On-screen time and alarm clock. . Menu driven VMS backup. . Change drives "on the fly". . Key customization. . Window to trap and display system broadcasts and mail notifications. . DO key runs .COM or .EXE programs. . User defineable keys. . Setup routine for limiting user access to directories. . Edit, delete, copy, rename, type, and print files with a single keystroke. . Create files or directories. . On-screen display of file stats and directory path. . Works with VT100, VT220, VT320 and compatibles as well as terminal emulators. . VMS mail suport. . Spawn a subprocess. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Print, copy or delete with file marking, user created menus. Font generator. Menu selection of switches for DCL commands. Restrictions: Must have VT320, Vt220 or compatible terminal for font/character generator of program. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00438 CALENDAR Version: 1, August 1989 Submitted by: Ronald William Burke, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Baltimore, MD Operating System: MicroVMS V5.X, VAX/VMS V5.X Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Calendars Abstract: CALENDAR allows users to display a calendar for any month or months between the years 1600 - 9999 with any desired day marked off via pound signs. The first day and last day of each week in the calendar displayed is completely selectable by the user. TIMETABLE allows users to compose lists of days for any month in a year wanted. The days are displayed vertically and the successive months are displayed horizontally. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00436 VAXDASH Version: 1.0, August 1989 Submitted by: Bruce Kemlo, AGT, Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2P 1M6 Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX-11 BASIC Memory Required: 171KB Hardware Required: VT340 Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: VAXDASH is a system management tool that utilizes REGIS graphics to display the following system metrics: total processes, memory utilization, CPU utilization, page faults/sec, direct IO/sec and buffered IO/sec. The VAXDASH utility paints a dashboard on a VT340 terminal that depicts all metrics as analog dial gauges. The utility also displays the DECnet nodename, VAX processor type, VMS version number and the current time. VAXDASH features variable screen update time, accurate metrics and is extremely efficient in terms CPU resources consumed. VAXDASH was written for the Digital Equipment Corporation VT340 terminal but it will also run under the DECwindows DECterm application on sixteen color VAXstations. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Program is linked with VMS Executive. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00435 WHALES Version: 1.0-1, October 1989 Submitted by: Keith B.A. Moodie Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: DCL Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: WHALES helps reduce disk and file fragmentation, and is intended to reduce the need to backup/restore disks. WHALES makes it easy to keep files at their optimum size and still keep them contiguous. It is written totally in DCL and uses VMS CONVERT and ANALYZE utilities. It requires no special VMS privileges. This package has several optional checks built in which make it very safe to use. If a file fails any of the checks, the original file is left unchanged. It is designed so that it can be submitted in batch and forgotten. It preserves GLOBAL BUFFER COUNT, and NOBACKUP attributes. The original file can be kept if desired. Typically files will be twenty-five percent smaller. 'MEAN DATA BUCKET FILL' can be maintained around eighty-five percent instead of sixty-five percent. The new file can optionally be placed in the same physical space on disk that the original file used. If the original file was contiguous then the new file will be contiguous. It summarizes the multi-page report from ANALYZE in a few lines and adds to this a measurement of the files' efficiency along with the file fragmentation count. The report is written to a file to allow progress monitoring. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: BLUEWHALE now handles files with a version limit of one. There were minor improvements made to WHALES.COM. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00434 SRS - Symposium Registration System Version: 2.0, February 1989 Submitted by: K. Weaver & B. Tinney, Canadian Hydrographic Service, Burlington, Ontario, Canada L7R 4A6 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 through V5.1 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: FORTRAN, FMS, DATATRIEVE Hardware Required: LA50/LA75 for badges, VT220/VT24X for announcements Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: The DECUS Canadian Symposium Registration System is designed to store records on Attendees, Payments, Events, Counts, Announcements and Messages. It can print badges, generate reports and display announcements and messages. It has been used at the 1988 and 1989 DECUS CANADA Symposia. All sources, forms and DATATRIEVE procedures are included. Badges are printed with the first name centered on the badge in a large (approx. twenty-four point) font and printed in sixel mode. The remaining information is printed in the standard way. Messages and announcements are written to a VT220 or VT241 (for color) in double width (and some double height) characters spaced away from the edges of the screen to support driving standard composite video monitors. This has been used to drive a hotel or conference centre TV channel. There has been up to ten on-line terminals using this system, but this is not a maximum. CPU loading is very light except for reports in DATATRIEVE. Functions are: REGISTRATION Adds, cancels, updates data records on registered participants. PAYMENTS Adds, deletes, updates data records on payment details. PICKUP Adds additional information when a registered participant comes in for on-site registration (whether pre-registered or not, eg. Room No.). EVENTS Lists, adds, deletes, updates data records on Symposium events. COUNTS Displays current participant counts for all events including Total attending, Total deleted, and next computer generated SRN. RECEIPTS Prints the receipt form, according to the data entered by the operator. *Not currently supported (separate images provided). REPORTS A large suite of DATATRIEVE Procedures provide for counts, lists, and other reports from the backup data set. MESSAGES Post announcements on a monitor or cable system. Post a message. Only the name and registration number is displayed, the message is taken and stored at the Registration Desk or Information Desk manually. BACKUP Creates a copy of all data (.DAT) files on SRS$BACKUP (logical) using VMS BACKUP. BADGES Create a badge with the participants name, affiliation, city major events attending, and SRN/DECUS-No. Supports batch runs. Other utilities are: RECEIPTS Generate a full page receipt for each registrant. PRTFLB Print the forms in the Library (.FLB) file. PRTFRM Print the forms in the Form (.FRM) file. REDUCE Compress the output from a DTR log file. Used for reducing the SUM one by command when generating online/interactive DTR summary reports. Notes: Each year, changes have been made to the registration forms, requiring modifications to the FMS forms and underlying logic. To reduce this impact, an effort was made to use offset variables for all record fields in all routines. Extensive changes however are still non-trivial. A conference or meeting with a stable registration form would be ideal for this system. Cost changes are straight forward as are changes in events. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00433 ASU Utilities Version: August 1989 Author: Brent Dunlock and Derwin Skipp, Arizona State University Submitted by: Greg Wilson, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0-2 Source Language: PASCAL Software Required: PASCAL Compiler Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: ASU is a collection of utilities. The following is a brief summary of highlights: B-PLUS TREE A B-PLUS TREE data structure package implemented on disk with an index file and a data file. COM_KILLER This program lowers the base priority of terminal users that have spent too much of their time in COM state. At each interval it will lower their priority by one if they have spent MAX_CPUTIM percent of their time using the CPU. Also, if they have been found more than MAX_COM_STATE times in COM or COMO state they will be lowered. It will raise them back up to their authorized priority if they have used less than MAX_CPUTIM of their time using the CPU and they are not currently in COM or COMO state. This is designed to discourage terminal users from executing jobs at their terminal that should really be done in a batch job. WORKSET.PAS Program to display process workset information. EMON Emonitor is a collection of ethernet monitor programs used to identify and monitor ethernet devices on an ethernet network. It is composed of an interactive ethernet monitor for dynamic monitoring, and ethernet listener for collecting traffic statistics, a report module for producing reports from data collected by the ethernet listener, and a maintenance module for maintaining the system data files. QUEMON Interactive Queue Monitor. Notes: Some programs require privileges. Documentation may or may not be on magnetic media. Complete sources may or may not be included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MC) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00432 Finger for VMS V5 Version: 51.1.22, September 1989 Submitted by: Terence M. Kennedy, St. Peter's College Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1-1 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Networking, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This is the VMS tape for Finger. It is available in either VMS/BACKUP format or DOS-11 format. For a description of the RSTS/E tape refer to DECUS No. 110921. Finger for VMS performs three main functions. First, it lists the current users on the system, along with the location program name, etc. In this mode it functions like a personalized SHOW SYSTEM program. Next, it searches for a specific user, displays the above information if they are logged in and additionally shows information about their mail, last login, and a personal message file they may supply. And third, it functions as a DECnet server for both in-bound and out-bound links. Remote users may Finger the local system, and local users can Finger other systems on the network. As part of the network Finger protocol it performs explicit route-through. This is valuable in an internet situation such as going from DECnet to TCP/IP, etc. This program can communciate with other VAXen, RSTS/E systems, and DECSYSTEM-20's over DECnet, as well as TCP/IP (Internet) and RSCS (Bitnet) hosts, if the appropriate communication package is available. It can also communicate with LAT devices (terminal servers) if the DEC TSM product is available. In a large network Finger can be an invaluable tool to locate users, see if they received your mail, etc. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating system VMS V5 or later is required. See DECUS No. VS0014 for operating system VMS V4. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00431 Image Analysis Version: 1.0, July 1989 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6,V5.0 through V5.2 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The Image PC Analysis tools measure where a user's program is spending its time. To do so, the tools periodically sample the program counter of the running program, determine in which portion of the program each such sample falls, and display the resulting information in histogram form. The Image PC Analysis tools consist of: IMGSAMPLE Consists of subroutines which collect PC samples by trapping a clock interrupt every ten minutes. IMGTRACE Consists of subroutines which collect PC samples by tracing the user program; it thus retrieves every single instruction's PC value, but it also takes much more time than sampling on clock interrupts. IMGSHELL Used to start and stop either IMGSAMPLE or IMGTRACE without modifications to the source of the program to be measured. DEFINE=IMAGE Program through which the user specifies how his program is to be divided into sections called buckets. Each bucket is defined by an address range, and contains a counter which accumulates the number of PC samples in that address range. REPORT=IMAGE Program which prints the accumulated data in histogram form with one histogram bar per bucket. A program (CONVERT=SYSTEM_PC) to convert System PC files (collected with VAXSPM) is also provided. This tool enables the Image Analysis reporter to read the converted System PC file and report on that data file. Notes: Operating System VMS V4.6 through V5.2 is required. Restrictions: Cannot do "BY LINE" analysis for VAX C, VAX Ada. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0012 \\ V00430 Terminal Server/Port Display Version: X1-000, January 1989 Submitted by: Jim Duff Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: MACRO-32 Keywords: Networking, Terminal Management Abstract: The program SHOW_PORT exploits an undocumented extension to a data structure defined in the I/O database for VMS. The extension contains the name of the port and server a user is logged into. The port and server names are those defined on a DECServer or MUXServer product that support the LAT protocol. Port and server names under LAT can be very useful as the terminal name will not be the same on subsequent logins from the same terminal, whereas the port and server names will. The program presently prints the information to SYS$OUTPUT. However, the program could readily be modified to be called as a subprogram or implemented as a user written system service. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.0 or later is required. CMKRNL privilege is required in order to run this program. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00429 Encryption Routine Version: 01-001, January 1988 Submitted by: Jim Duff Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: MACRO-32 Keywords: File Management, Security Abstract: This program is a general purpose fast encryption routine that will perform "in-place" encryption on any type of file. Unlike most encryption programs there is no restriction on file type, record length, file size, or text verses data. This program will encrypt anything as long as there is enough virtual memory to load the file. A benefit of encrypting the file in memory is that the encryption is quite fast. The program is designed to be envoked by DCL, and effectively replaces the ENCRYPT command supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation. However, the encryption algorithm could be easily extracted from the program and used as to perform in line encryption from a user written program. The program has the same functionality as Digital Equipment Corporation's command, including the ability to encrypt a list of files in the one command. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.0 or later is required. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00428 PQ Printer Utility Version: 1.1, April 1988 Submitted by: Mitchell Wolfe, Recording and Research Center, Denver, CO Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 through V5.1 Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 73KB Hardware Required: LA100 printer Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package started out as a means to eliminate the fixed fifty line with a ten character left margin page format that all our company research papers and reports were printed by. It also provided a better, more flexible means of printing program generated reports. The resulting command program combined the various units of the standard DCL print command -- printer forms, print command qualifiers, and print queues -- with the various units of the LA100 series of printers -- eight different pitch sequences, adjustable page length sequences, and the near letter quality sequence, and it brings them all together under one easy-to-use command which prompts the user for each unit (see documentation for a better understanding). From the PQ Login Entry, commonly used PQ Utility commands can be tied to a command symbol in the users LOGIN.COM file for even easier, hassle free printing. It includes near-letter quality printing and adjustable page length (for use with mailing labels, rolodex cards, etc) along with an optional set of 15 printer forms. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Requires access to sys$common:[000000.sysmgr] to install. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00427 TIMESHEET.COM Version: 1.0, June 1989 Submitted by: Thomas E. Chenault, U.S. Government, WSMR, NM Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4, V4.6, V5.0, V5.1 Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 512W Software Required: EDT Editor Keywords: Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: TIMESHEET.COM was written to alleviate the need for written timesheets, and for supervisors to constantly track their employees' time. Employees must still sign for leave taken, and secretaries must still submit written records to the Finance and Accounting Department, however it does not apply to non-leave taking employees and their supervisors. It compiles a weekly timesheet that runs from Sunday through Saturday. It can be easily modified for any other timesheet configuration. Restrictions: Two files must exist in each user's root directory, they are: STANDARD.TIMESHEET (a copy of your default working schedule) and LAST_SENT.TIMESHEET (a copy of the last timesheet sent). Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00426 VAX to PPS Version: 1.5, June 1989 Submitted by: Michael Frederick, University of Houston, Houston, TX Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5 - 5.1, VAX/VMS V4.5 - 5.1 Source Language: BLISS-32, MACRO-32 Memory Required: 200KB Software Required: Honeywell PPS-II GCOS inbound processor Hardware Required: Honeywell PPS-II with off line input, nine track tape drive Keywords: Conversions, Utilities - Tape Abstract: For large printing needs, Honeywell PPS II (Page Printing System, Model II) is capable of printing ninety pages per minute from rolls of paper stock. Variable form lengths, multiple distributions with separator pages, rotation, variable fonts, and preprinted form usage are all possible with this printing system. There are two programs in this software package. They are PPS and CB. The PPS program copies one or more VAX file(s) onto a PPS II-formatted tape. It also copies any PPS II control blocks as directed. The CB program will create "custom" PPS II control blocks as separate VAX files. Notes: MACRO-32 code included for BLISS-32 sections. (It is not necessary to have BLISS-32 files to build this code.) Object and executable files included are for VAX/VMS V5.X. Assoc. Documentation: Honeywell manuals listed in documentation on media. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00425 LASERS, QUEUES and Other Fun Things Version: 1.4, October 1990 Submitted by: Bob Armstrong, Algonquin College, Nepean, Ontario, K2GIV8, Canada Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: C Memory Required: 300 Pages Software Required: VAX C Compiler Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: LASERS, QUEUES and Other Fun Things is a collection of useful utilities. Following is a brief summary of these utilities: FileHeader A real UNDELETE utility. Version 1.4 supports wildcard selection and works on logical disks roots or physical device and directory specifications. A list header utility. Version 1.2 translates the VMS protection mask, now flushes the bitmap file before listing the extents showing whether they are allocated or free. A patch header utility, not complete but will allow you to flip flags or patch fid's. A real MOVEFILE utility, something like MV under UNIX, will move files (without deletion) to new directories on the same disk (works with wildcards as well). Works slightly different from the rename command. Drawtree A super fast drawtree utility, uses RMS routines and written in C. Handles roots, and extra long directory names. Laser As well as all other qualifiers on the PRINT command supports /FONT. You define what fonts are available for what printers/lasers. LASER sets up the appropriate text modules from SYSDEVCTL.TLB file when the file is printed. This version also supports /PARAMETER for remote node laser printing. Operations Use SYSDEVCTL.TLB to program your printers, reduces operations setup time. Symbionts A collection of single stream symbionts, to do character translation from Digital Equipment Corporation multinational to specific sequences for third party printers. Easily modifiable for other printers/lasers. QUEUES across Link queues across a normal DECNET link. DECNET This will allow users to print on a remote machine without having NETMBX, everything appears as a local queue. Two flavors supplied, one using a mailbox symbiont, the other a file symbiont. The file symbiont now updates the completion status correctly, and has been tested for multistreams (the version supplied will support up to eight streams). Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.7 or V5.X is required. Operating system VAX/VMS V4.7 through V5.2 needs to be recompiled. Executable and/or object code is included for V5.3. Changes and Improvements: Fixes to the file symbiont and UNDELETE. Performance improvements to QUEUES across DECNET file transfer. Laser command now allows for lasering of documents on remote laser printers. Updates to [.DECNET], [.FILEHEADER_UTILITIES], and [.LASER]. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MC) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00424 FLECS: FORTRAN Language with Extended Control Structures Version: 28, April 1989 Author: Terry Beyer, University of Oregon Submitted by: G. Buffington, Dept Nat. Defense Operating System: MS-DOS V3.2 Source Language: ASSEMBLER, FLECS Memory Required: 128KB Software Required: MS-FORTRAN Keywords: FORTRAN, Structured Languages/Programming Abstract: FLECS is an extension of the FORTRAN language which provides control structures necessary to support recent concepts of structured programming. This version of FLECS has been modified to run on PC compatible workstations, running MS-DOS. Notes: Operating System MS-DOS V3.2 or greater is required. This software package has to be transferred to an IBM PC compatible computer in order to operate it. Restrictions: Indentation option not fully functional, occasionally inline comments not detected, /W option not valid. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00423 Kronos Version: II.1, February 1991 Submitted by: Arthur E. Ragosta, Moffett Field, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.4 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 210KB Keywords: Scheduling, Security, System Management - VMS Abstract: The KRONOS system provides an environment for scheduling the submission of batch jobs that is easier and more functional than the SUBMIT/AFTER command. A detached process is created which wakes up every hour to check a database for jobs that should be run. Jobs may be scheduled to run at a given time, on a given day of the week or month, on a given day from the end of the month, every day, or every hour. Jobs can be run based on the value of system logicals and system service item codes. A user-friendly interface program is provided to maintain the database. A variety of useful example jobs are provided to demonstrate the use of KRONOS; included are System Management, Security, and Performance Monitoring jobs. Included in this package are the following: . SPRING_FORWARD and FALL_BACK clause . Calendar File capability to specify one-time only jobs and holidays. The NOHOLIDAY qualifier of the ON clause has been added to support this capability. Calendar add command supports maintenance of calendar files. . FOR clause allows system users to run jobs in the context of other (nonprivileged) users. . IF NOT condition has been expanded to accept simple values as well as comparisons. . EVERYWEEKDAY keyword has been added to the ON clause. . Runnable list command to list all currently runnable jobs. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Improved documentation, startup procedure, and sample jobs. System is more robust especially the parser. System's response to errors has been made more consistent. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00422 FLINT - IBM Floppy Interchange Program Version: July 1987 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.1 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Data Communications, IBM Abstract: This program will READ and WRITE multiple files from a single sided, single density, IBM formatted floppy. Maximum record length for files being transferred cannot exceed 128 bytes. This program will also NOT handle fields that are packed. As each record is read, each is translated from EBCIDIC to ASCII. When records are being written, data that is being put on to floppy is translated to EBCIDIC. The program also ensures that this is an IBM formatted floppy (single sided, single density) and therefore contains 'ERMAP' in the fifth track of the first sector. Currently the only valid devices include the following: CSn: or DYn: (where n is a number 0 through 9). With the default being DY1: if the NULL response is giving. Notes: PHYIO and LOGIO privileges are required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00421 Dynamic Trio - OPDATA/PLOTDATA/EDGR Version: February 1989 Submitted by: Corrie Kost, TRIUMF, Vancouver, BC, Canada V6T 2A3 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Data Communications, Graphics Abstract: A comprehensive package developed for use by the scientific/engineering community for the detailed analysis and graphical presentation of data. The programs are command driven with extensive documentation and on-line help aids, macro-capability (included looping, branching and conditional statements), text input recall shell, and desk-top calculator. With the package the user can differentiate, integrate, interpolate, smooth, filter, sort, fit with non-linear functions, find roots/zeroes of expressions, etc. Flexible ways to input data have been provided. One or two dimensional data can be graphically presented in many ways, data can be digitized from the screen, spectrum peaks can be determined. Over 100 functions, and 40 fonts are built in. With the graphical editor EDGR users can extensively modify (or even construct) their drawing by allowing all parts of the picture to be fully editable (eg. change element (singly or in groups) position, size, angle, color). Drawings can also be cut, pasted, scaled, or merged and then output to many graphics devices including your TeX documents. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS earlier than VAX/VMS V5.0 requires a relink. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Complete sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EE), 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00420 STSI - Misc Utilities Version: May 1989 Submitted by: Hugh Wilson, Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Graphics, Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: STSI - Misc Utilities is a selection of utilities listed as follows: COMFILES MAILUAF.COM modified sys$examples:mailuaf.com to change users mail counters and personal name, view their mail directory and list all forwarding addresses and personal names. It is written for VAX/VMS V4.X. LOGGER UPTIME Makes a log of system uptime, reason for crash. At the end of the month, a report is produced showing number of crashes and shutdowns, average time to reboot on both and amount of business downtime. This is version 2.0 with bug fixes and enhancements. MON_REPORT Works off Digital Equipment Corporation software in sys$examples MONITOR.COM, MONSUM.C and SUBMON.COM to create monitor stats for your machine. Data is in automatically plotted weekly using DISPLAA. (Note: If you don't have DISPLAA, this will at least gather and massage the raw data uniformally.) SUBSCRIB Creates listing of who has how many blocks on each disk to what disk is over-subscribed and why. VWS_GRAPHICS Neat graphic tricks for VAX Workstations. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00419 SEQUENCE Version: 1, May 1989 Submitted by: Ronald William Burke, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Baltimore, MD Operating System: MicroVMS V5.X, VAX/VMS V5.X Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: SEQUENCE allows users to insert or to remove sequence numbers within all lines of a source file optionally along with the owner's initials. Page numbers (along with security or personal user heading/tailing classifications) at the top and bottom may also get added/removed. Cutpaste allows users to place files (or parts thereof) side-by-side. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00418 LISTFILE Version: 1, May 1989 Submitted by: Ronald William Burke, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Baltimore, MD Operating System: MicroVMS V5.X, VAX/VMS V5.X Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: File Management Abstract: LISTFILE briefly shows files within a format like the DIRECTORY command. It allows you to easily display all file types for a given file name on the same line. Crossref briefly shows files within a format like the DIRECTORY command. It easily and quickly finds out the file name and the file type for all the files in a directory or directories. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00417 FORTRANUM Version: 1.2, February 1990 Submitted by: Jorg Buchner Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: FORTRAN, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: FORTRANUM renumbers statement numbers (labels) in the source code of FORTRAN programs. It is designed for programmers who in the process of building a program want to alter or reorganize part or all of the program's statement numbers. The complete VAX FORTRAN statement set can be processed. The old program version is saved. The user denotes a program section by specifying the first statement number which shall be changed (and its new value) or the last statement number which shall be changed. Within this program section all statement numbers are changed in ascending order. The increment between two consecutive statement numbers is variable. Changes and Improvements: Program bugs removed. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0011 \\ V00416 MDRAW Version: 2.5, May 1990 Submitted by: S. Mike Dierken, Sundstrand Data Control, Redmond, WA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: C, DCL, FORTRAN 77, PASCAL Hardware Required: ReGIS graphics terminal Keywords: Graphics, ReGIS Abstract: MDRAW is an object oriented drawing package for ReGIS terminals. Objects may be joined, unjoined, cut, pasted, flipped and moved. An on screen menu gives quick access to commands. Objects may be linked with other MDRAW files, giving a tree of drawings which may be traversed. Text notes may be attached to objects, and edited during drawing with your favorite editor. Output goes to an LN03 laser printer, and may be included in TeX documents with the \special command. (This is taken care by the converter program "Vregis" which is included). Converts MDRAW files into a CGM (computer graphics metafile) format for inclusion in Manuscript/Freelance. This is done with the "MDR2CGM" program which is included. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Added output to ANSI CGM format. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00415 MAILVIEW Version: 3.1, May 1989 Submitted by: Robert G. Schaffrath, General Foods Corporation, White Plains, NY Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX BASIC Keywords: Data Communications, Mail Abstract: MAILVIEW is a program designed to provide a screen editor style environment for reading VAX/VMS MAIL messages. The program will run on any VT100/200/300 series or ANSI compatible terminal which is supported through the VAX/VMS Screen Management Facility. With MAILVIEW, the user has the ability to see a list of all message folders and messages before actually reading any message. Folder and message selection is performed through the use of various function keys defined by MAILVIEW. MAILVIEW has two modes of operation, privileged and non-privileged. In order for the non-privileged user to use MAILVIEW, the program must be installed with either the SYSPRV or BYPASS privilege. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00414 QMASTER and DOWN Version: April 1989 Submitted by: Michael W. Wheeler Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.X, and V5 Source Language: VAX BASIC Memory Required: 20K block pagefile quota Hardware Required: VT100 or compatible terminal Keywords: Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS Abstract: QMASTER is a menu/SMG$ based application for manipulating jobs in print and batch queues. The following operations can be performed on one or more entries at a time: . Release an entry. . Hold an entry. . Delete an entry. . Change the form type of an entry. . Change the queue priority of an entry. DOWN utility provides an easy means to "move around" in your directory tree. This utility allows you to move deeper or up through your directory tree or to change the directory tree you are in even if it exists on another device. You do not have to specify a path name as you would have to with the SET DEFAULT command. All that is needed is the file name portion of the directory that matches that specification regardless of where it is located in your directory tree. Notes: Programs require operating system VAX/VMS V4 and V5 because of SMG, GETQUI, and SNDJBC system services. Digital Equipment Corporation LK201 style keyboard recommended but not required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00413 REMTAB Version: 2.0, September 1988 Submitted by: Robert G. Ribokas, Teradyne, Inc., Boston, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX COBOL Memory Required: 300KB Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: The REMTAB system provides a method for maintaining external or remote tables and quickly loading these tables for application programs at run time. The system contains four executable modules that are used to maintain the tables and table entries and to perform inquiry functions on the table databases. These modules are: REMTAB The table maintenance program. REMTABLIB A program to generate COBOL working-storage definitions for the tables. SHOWTAB An interactive query program. LISTTAB A program to generate reports of the contents of table databases. An object module, LOADTABLE, is provided to load tables from within an application program at run time. The executable modules are written in VAX COBOL and the run time module is written in VAX MACRO. The system was specifically designed for use with COBOL applications but should be easily adaptable to other VAX languages. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00412 MINT Version: 1.2, May 1989 Submitted by: Joseph Deck, Wesleyan University, Middletown, CT Operating System: VAX/VMS V4 and V5 Source Language: C, MACRO-32 Keywords: Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: MINT is a user interface for mail system. It is the equivalent of VMS mail that works in conjunction with the PMDF mail delivery system. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00410 VAX BASIC Toolkit of Useful Callable Functions Version: 1.0, May 1989 Submitted by: Brian Lomasky, Teradyne, Inc., Boston, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX BASIC Keywords: BASIC, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This is a "Toolkit" of useful and frequently used functions that VAX BASIC programmers may need. These functions can be compiled and linked into any BASIC program (or any other VAX language, as long as you take into account the subtleties between the languages). The following is a brief summary of the functions: Numeric Conversion . Returns -1 if passed string contains only digits . Decimal-to-Octal conversion . Octal-to-Decimal conversion . Right-justifies a numeric value with leading zeros . Right-justifies a numeric value with leading spaces Process Information . Returns the longword UIC of the process . Returns the username of the process . Returns a list of identifiers held by the process's UIC . Returns 0 if process UIC group not equal to passed group User Authorization File . Reads the SYSUAF data file for a specific username . Reads the SYSUAF data file for a specific UIC RMS/Directory . Returns your current default directory . Returns a default filespec for a string . Returns the expanded filespec for a string . Returns -1 if the passed filespec exists Date . Adds/subtracts a number of days from a given date . Returns number of days different between two dates . Returns the desired Monday's date as a six-digit string . Returns today's date as a six-digit string . Returns the weekday of a passed MMDDYY date Queue . Deletes a specific batch queue job . Returns 1 if a passed filespec is "Printable" . Submits a filespec into a VMS print queue . Submits a filespec into a VMS batch queue . Returns -1 if passed string is a valid queue name. Miscellaneous . Allows trapping of CTRL/C and CTRL/Y keys . Sends a MAIL message via the VMS MAIL utility . Returns data input; may be terminated by TAB or timeout . Sends a REQUEST/REPLY message to the central operator . Returns the English text for a VMS longword error value . Displays reverse-video double-height double-width title . Translates a logical name Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00408 Space Telescope Tools Group Version: 1.0, May 1989 Author: OSB Tools Group Submitted by: Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: C, DCL, MACRO-11, MACRO-32, MESSAGE, SCAN, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This package contains all source, objects, and executables for a series of tools developed in the OSB Tools Group at the Space Telescope Science Institute in Baltimore, MD. The following is a brief summary of the contents of the tape: Check Map CKMAP scans a VMS link map(s) for PSECT mismatches and undefined symbols and reports these accordingly. Disk Report Scans one or more directory log files creating a series of reports summarizing disk space utilization. Show Merged Compares all of the elements in a CMS CMS Classes library class to see if they are also inserted, or "merged" into another class in that same CMS library. Remote CMS Provides an interface to CMS libraries on Server a different DECnet node. MMS Generator MMSGEN generates a compile MMS for FORTRAN, For Source MACRO, SCAN, C, or MESSAGE source. Link Check LNKCHK verifies the existence of all input files on a link command, passing the command onto the Linker if all inputs exist. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00407 VPROG Version: 1, May 1989 Submitted by: Mark Polakowski, University of Toronto Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: VAX-11 COBOL, VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: 75KB Keywords: Calculators Abstract: VPROG is a programmable calculator for VAX/VMS. There are twenty-one built-in functions and fifty items stack for result of computations. User can create own program size up to fifty lines with multiple statements. Each statement can contain also user defined functions. Number of parentheses or user created functions is limited only by maximum line size (seventy characters). Each line can contain multiple statements, separated by delimiter character. DCL symbols can be used to store result of computation. Stack can be loaded also from sequential ASCII file. Octal and hexadecimal mode can be used for basic four operations. Notes: Fixed point arithmetic, selected FORTRAN type formats supported for loading stack. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00406 FASTER Version: 1.0, May 1989 Submitted by: Peter L. Treadway, GTE, Westboro, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: Ada Keywords: Simulations, Tools - Applications Development, Artificial Intelligence Abstract: The inherent complexity of real-time systems has increased the need for structured development tools. A CASE tool named FASTER (a FAst STate machine ExecutoR) will be introduced. FASTER may be used to model, simulate and verify state machines. An introduction to state machines and a complete description of FASTER will be presented. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00405 LN03R.ACL Version: 2.1, January 1988 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: Macintosh V5.0, V6.0 Source Language: PostScript Software Required: Apple's Asynchronous LaserWriter Driver Hardware Required: Digital Equipment Corporation's LN03R Laserprinter, Apple Macintosh Computer Keywords: Utilities - VMS, Macintosh Abstract: LN03R.ACL is a Macintosh driver for the LN03R ScriptPrinter, DIGITAL's desktop PostScript printer. It is ideal for small business applications and personal computing. LN03R.ACL uses a Macintosh, a LN03R ScriptPrinter, and a serial cable. It is layered on Apple's Asynchronous LaserWriter Driver and supports most LaserWriter functions, including bit-map smoothing. It is compatible with Macintosh operating systems V4, V5, and V6. Ethertalk card and networking software not required. This software package is for the Apple Macintosh computer distributed on VAX compatible magtape. The driver kit is supplied as a MacBinary STUFFIT file, a Macintosh archive format. Detailed instructions are included for installing driver and printing with LN03R. The documentation is provided as a PostScript file which may be printed on any VAX or Macintosh based PostScript printer. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0011 \\ V00404 SLSREQUEUE Version: 1.0, April 1989 Submitted by: Mike Maciolek, Aetna Life & Casualty, Windsor, CT Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: DCL Software Required: VAX Storage Library System (SLS) V1.0 or later Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: SLSREQUEUE allows the System Manager the ability to customize a SLS sysbak template that a non-technical user may run. Off-shift operators may resubmit a previous disk backup that failed to complete, without having to answer the SLS activity menu prompts, and backup qualifiers will remain consistent with the normally scheduled procedures. This also reduces the number of "canned" backups needed, and reduces the amount of operator intervention required to run/submit a backup. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00403 OTHELLO Version: 1.0, January 1989 Submitted by: Bertrand/Cali Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 100KB Keywords: Games Abstract: This is a game program playing Othello. It offers seven levels of play and a (little) opening library. It allows two to take moves back. Release notes are distributed with each order. The release notes serve as the only documentation for the program. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00402 HLM - HELP Library Maintenance Version: 1.0, March 1989 Submitted by: Jeffrey Chimene, Carondelet Health Services, Tucson, AZ Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: BASIC-32, TPU EVE Software Required: VAXTPU (EVE) Keywords: Editors, Utilities - VMS, EVE, TPU Abstract: HLM (Help Library Maintenance Editor) is an editor layered on the VAX/VMS EVE editor. HLM helps you create and edit modules in a help library. When you have created help modules you can exercise them with the TEST command. The editor helps ensure the correct format for help library modules. Notes: This is an EVE based text editor based on EVE, the Extensible VAX Editor from Digital Equipment Corporation, for modules in help libraries. Restrictions: Number of help modules may not exceed 254 per library. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00401 UNO and Others Version: 1.50b, July 1990 Author: Garry P. Spencer, State Technical Institute At Memphis Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX BASIC Hardware Required: VT100 or VT52 compatible terminal Keywords: Games Abstract: This program plays the popular card game UNO. Standard two player rules are used in this game. Also included in this software package are the following games: STARTREK, MAZE, PUZZLE, REPEL, PONG and CALENDAR. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Small cosmetic changes were made to UNO and MAZE. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0011 \\ V00400 MULTIVAR Version: 1.03, February 1989 Submitted by: Mats Josefson, Ph.D. Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 1200KB Keywords: Mathematical, Statistics Abstract: MULTIVAR is a program for statistical analysis of multivariate data. The soft linear modelling methods: Principal Components Analysis (PCA) and Partial Least Squares (PLS) are implemented. These methods are not using matrix inversion thus avoiding the matrix inversion problems that occur with covariant data. Data is entered in tables where each row of the table should contain an object such as a spectrum or a bunch of variables that describes an entity of some kind. PCA projects each object on a subspace (e.g. a plane) where the relative positions of the projected objects gives information about the relations between different objects. PLS is a tool for multivariate prediction related to multiple regression but does not have any restrictions for covariance since it is based entirely on projections. The PLS projections of objects are also available as plots in the same way as for the PCA plots. The user interface is a simple command language where operations such as table editing, scaling, centering, and building of the linear models can be performed stepwise and combined in a flexible way. Plotting of graphs and projections is possible with VT125, VT240 or VT340 terminals. The ReGIS code can be dumped on a file for conversion to sixel format by RETOS to be printed on an LN03 laserprinter. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0011 \\ V00399 DVI2PS Version: 2.30, July 1988 Submitted by: Alain Cedelle, IRISA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: C Keywords: Text Formatting Abstract: DVI2PS is a conversion program from DVI file, produced by TeX or LaTeX, into a PostScript file. This current version works for LaserWriter and Agfa P400ps printers, with the fonts defined by D.E. Knuth (am* and cm*), and residents fonts inside printers. It is an adaptation for VMS, of an originally UNIX written program. Several modifications were done, concerning text processing (font management) and system calls (using RMS and CLI libraries). Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00398 TOPICLIST and PARAMETER Version: 1, February 1989 Submitted by: Ronald William Burke, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Baltimore, MD Operating System: MicroVMS V5.X, VAX/VMS V5.X Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: TOPICLIST allows users to display topics/subtopics in a help library. It is more flexible than the VMS HELP command. PARAMETER shows users how to write commands with named parameter references (i.e., keywords) and how to specify up to 128 parameters. Various characters, sets and codes are documented within this command. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00397 PROUD Version: 1.0, February 1989 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, through Digital Equipment Corp Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: C Memory Required: 3MB Software Required: VAX C Compiler Keywords: Circuit Design Abstract: PROUD is an automatic, efficient circuit placement package designed for high complexity row-structured sea-of-gates, gate array, and standard cell designs. Its most important capability is that it can handle complex design in a short time with excellent results. A typical high complexity circuit with one million transistors can be placed within three hours on a VAX 8650 (a six MIPs machine) with excellent results. PROUD has two phases: constructive phase and iterative improvement phase. In constructive phase, PROUD employs Successive Over-Relaxation method to solve repeatedly sparse linear equations and hierarchically partitions the modules to final legal locations. An effective Block Gauss-Seidel scheme is also devised to achieve global optimum results in this phase. In iterative improvement phase, local perturbations such as module rotation, I/O pad position adjustment, module swap or insertion are performed to further improve the quality of placement results. It is easy to use the package by providing four files that describe cell structure, net list, control parameter, chip configuration and net weighting. User can specify different row lengths in the control file. This feature is purposely made for allocating routing space. For a description of the ULTRIX/UNIX version of PROUD, see DECUS No. U00118. Notes: This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California- Berkeley. Documentation may or may not be on magnetic media. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00396 EVEDT Version: 4.3, May 1990 Submitted by: Steven K. Shapiro, SKS Computer Consulting, Inc., Austin, TX Operating System: MicroVMS, VAX/VMS Source Language: TPU Software Required: VAX Text Processing Utility Keywords: Editors, Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS, EVE Abstract: Originally the EVEDT editor was to provide an EDT extension to the EVE editor. It was to provide the user with a familiar editing interface as well as all of the functionality of the TPU/EVE editor without the need for an extended learning period. With the introduction of VMS V5.0 and TPU V2.0, an EDT keypad definition and its corresponding functionality was provided by Digital Equipment Corporation. Over the years EVEDT has grown to be more than just a familiar interface, it has become a powerful programming and text writing tool, equipped with functionality no other single editor provides. As already mentioned, the EVEDT editor combines commands and features of a variety of editors. If a convincing argument can be made by any user for the development and/or inclusion of a particular command, it will be given consideration. Today EVEDT is equipped with the most commonly used procedures of the EDT keypad, all of the EVE procedures and several which exemplify the added power of the TPU/EVE system. Some of the major advantages that the EVEDT editor has over the EDT and EVE editors are: . Split Screens. . Multiple buffers. . Insert/Overstrike modes. . Rectangular cut and paste. . Keystroke Learning. . Command Repeat. . Spawn a subprocess from within the editor. . Execute a DCL command from within the editor. . Find matching begin/end blocks even if nested. . Find matching open and close characters ({[<>]}). . PASCAL, FORTRAN, C, PL/1 or PDL constructs inserted with a single key sequence. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V5.X or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: VAX/VMS V5.3X compatibility. Assoc. Documentation: VAX Text Processing Utility, EVE and EDT Manuals are required. Restrictions: Will not work on V4.X of VAX/VMS. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00395 LOCKOUT Version: 2.0, January 1989 Submitted by: Richard E. Cox, Jr., Kollsman, Merrimack, NH Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT100, VT200, VT300 series of terminals or compatible terminal Keywords: Security, Terminal Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: A terminal locking program which uses the users login password to regain control of a terminal. LOCKOUT locks an interactive terminal, displays the current time (using the VT100/VT220 linedrawing characters for a digital clock display), posts messages, and uses the login password to regain control of the terminal. The clock updates once every 50 seconds by default, but a logical can be used to change this interval. Broadcasted messages are intercepted and posted in the bottom section of the terminal, while the clock is displayed and updated in the upper portion of the screen. The program is rather simple and does not require any privileges whatsoever. LOCKOUT uses the system service routine SYS$GETUAF to obtain required information from SYSUAF.DAT. If the user has two passwords, then LOCKOUT will require both of them. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Complete sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00394 KEYS Version: 1.0, January 1989 Submitted by: Rick Stacks, ARK Dept of Pollution Control, Little Rock, AR Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT100, VT200 or VT300 series of terminals, or compatible terminal Keywords: DCL, Editors Abstract: This program has been developed to aid in the creation and upkeep of DCL key definition files. The program uses SMG routines for edit screen manipulation and accesses the file DCL_KEYS.COM in the user's current directory. To use this program the user MUST be on a VT-xxx type of terminal or equivalent with access to the following keys: PF1, PF2, PF3, PF4, F17, F18, NEXT SCREEN, and Ctrl-Z. KEYS allows the user to interactively create and edit a DCL key definition file. Usage of the program is fairly simple; type RUN KEYS at the DCL prompt and answer all prompts with the appropriate response. After creating the key definition file, type @DCL_KEYS at the DCL prompt to define your terminal's keys. Notes: Operating system VMS V5.0 or later is required. Uses SMG to format user's screen. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00393 CVTFILE Version: 1.4, May 1991 Submitted by: Frank Canali, Gould Inc, CPD, Newburyport, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3-1 Source Language: MACRO-32 Keywords: IBM, Utilities - VMS Abstract: CVTFILE is a program to convert files brought from an IBM into VAX files. All IBM data types, including floating point, are handled. Documentation consists of a block of comments at the beginning of each program or .COM file. In addition, a program for reading fixed format IBM standard labelled tapes is included. Notes: Executable and or object code is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V5.0 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Bug Fix and minor enhancements. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00392 GOTHIC Version: 1.0, January 1989 Submitted by: Frank Canali, Gould Inc, CPD, Newburyport, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: MACRO-32 Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: GOTHIC is a banner printing program adapted from a program written in IBM assembler and available through SHARE. This version is rewritten in VAX MACRO. BIT arrays are coded as MACRO strings for easy customization. A printable file is made using triple overstrike of each line. A backslash may be imbedded anywhere in the input string to cause a switch from a light background and dark foreground to a dark background and light foreground or vice versa. Characters are in old English format. Also included is a callable subroutine written in VAX MACRO which takes a character string argument and returns lines for printing large letters in either 5 X 5 or 5 X 9 format. Documentation exists as comments at the start of each program. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00391 Development of Large Applications Using VAX DATATRIEVE Version: 1, July 1988 Submitted by: Barrie D. Gray, Midland Microcomputers Ltd., Gloucester, Ontario, Canada K1J 7B7 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: DATATRIEVE, DCL, MACRO-32 Software Required: VAX DATATRIEVE, VAX FMS Keywords: Business Applications, DCL, DATATRIEVE, Menu Control Abstract: This submission contains documentation, DCL procedures, programs, and DATATRIEVE sources, which together provide a sophisticated environment for the development and maintenance of large applications using VAX DTR. A user-friendly interface is provided via menu driver programs, allowing menu navigation and command driven application execution. Menu data is maintained in menu files that control menu format, context and application sequencing. "Pre-compiled" DATATRIEVE procedures execute in a main process (created at system boot) with less frequently used programs executing in a pseudo-recursive mode, when required, in a spawned sub-process. The menu driver operations and sub-process creation are completely transparent to the end user. The use of disconnected processes (virtual terminals) for pre-compiling DATATRIEVE code at system boot completely eliminates login delays and all main process procedures execute immediately when invoked. Only one FMS screen is used for all application menus and the menu drivers completely "flatten" menu hierachy so that any subprogram can be invoked directly by the end user from within any other subprogram anywhere in the menu structure, simply by following a few simple conventions explained in the documentation. Vanilla software is used everywhere with the sole exception of a customized FN$SPAWN function included on the tape. Simple examples are included from actual applications and useful utilities for menu file maintenance and automatic production of application documentation are also included. Restrictions: A customized FN$SPAWN function is required in the installed DTR software. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00390 HogWatch Version: 01-01, June 1989 Submitted by: C. Marinier, Software Kinetics Ltd., Stittsville, Ontario, Canada Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1-1 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: VAX FORTRAN Compiler Keywords: Security, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: HogWatch looks for CPU hogs and lowers their priority. Only interactive users and jobs on the FAST batch queue are considered. HogWatch gathers the following information about interactive processes and their sub-processes: process ID, process index, group number, base priority, job type and CPU time. Using this information, HogWatch identifies all CPU hogs and lowers their priority. A hog is defined as a process whose total CPU time for the last fifteen passes is greater than the CPU time limit. The current interval between passes is two minutes and the current CPU time limit is ten minutes. CPU time is not cumulative for interactive processes. Batch jobs are handled differently. Only the FAST queue runs at priority four. The total CPU time is used for these and when the limit is exceeded, the priority is lowered to a value one less than the value used for other processes. HogWatch writes a startup message, one line per process that exceeds half the CPU time limit, and one line per process that exceeds the CPU time limit. These are written to the file SYS$MANAGER:HOGWATCH.LOG. HogWatch will also notice processes that increase their priority back to their default value and take action to keep them at the lower priority. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code may or may not be included. Changes and Improvements: This software package considers the number of processes in determining if total CPU time used is greater than the CPU time limit assigned. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00389 Printmaster Version: 2.4, July 1988 Submitted by: Donal McGrath, Agricultural Institute, Ballsbridge, Dublin 4, Ireland Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4, and V4.6 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX COBOL, VAX FORTRAN Software Required: DECNET Keywords: Networking, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The Printmaster set of programs provides a completely transparent interface for the user to print devices located on a second node on a DECnet network and not normally available on the local node, allowing him to use the standard PRINT command and qualifiers referencing a local print queue as though the printer were a local device. Nearly all the standard PRINT command qualifiers are supported. These include at the job level /DELETE (original file), /NAME, /USER, /JOB_COUNT, /AFTER, /BURST, /FLAG, /TRAILER, /LOWER, /NOTIFY (on user's local node), /PAGINATE, /FORM, /PRIORITY, /NOTE, /OPERATOR, /FEED. At the file level, /COPIES, /TRAILER, /PAGE, /FLAG, /BURST, /HEADER, /PAGINATE, /FEED are handled. The UIC and ACCOUNT data are brought across. Some of the qualifiers are implicitly handled, eg /CONFIRM by the existence of the queue entry or /CREATED, /BY_OWNER etc by the files listed for the job. The note on the flag page for the job gives details of when and by whom the job was submitted, and the original directory, name, creation date and revision date of the files included. The username on the flag page, and also the username, UIC code and account name at the bottom of the flag page are the originating user whether or not that user exists on the node where the job is being printed. There is therefore no need to set up UAF records to handle printing for users on remote nodes. Executables are included to allow sites without FORTRAN and/or COBOL to run the programs. Notes: Mostly FORTRAN, one COBOL routine and two MACRO-32 symbolic definition routines. Operating VMS V4.4 or higher is required. Restrictions: Operates between a pair of nodes on the network only. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0010 \\ V00388 Kitbuild Version: 1.7, January 1989 Submitted by: Frank Canali, Gould Inc., CPD, Newburyport, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: DCL Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: KITBUILD is a group of COM files used to build and archive distribution kits to be installed via the VMSINSTAL utility. Input consists of a list of files to be installed at a target site. Various options may modify each file in the list, such as target directory, source versus object distributions, etc. Documentation exists as a memo reproduced as release notes in the save set (See DECUSKIT017.RELEASE_NOTES). We have been using KITBUILD to distribute programs/files to subdivisions for a couple of years now. For relatively straightforward software distributions it is quick and easy and has the advantage of being consistent with what system managers are used to as Digital Equipment Corporation's way of installing software. Although appropriate input is possible to install from any site to any site, users should read through the KITINSTAL.COM file and eliminate/modify any defaults which are not appropriate to their own use. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00387 TPUPlus Version: May 1990 Submitted by: Rick Stacks, Ark Dept of Pollution Control, Little Rock, AR Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: TPU, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Editors, Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS, EVE, TPU Abstract: TPUPlus has been built to aid programmers, word processing people, and anyone else that might need to edit files on the VAX. TPUPlus has an EDT keypad, an EVE keypad (greatly enhanced from Digital Equipment Corporation), WPS keypad, and a numeric keypad easily accessible by using the SET KEYPAD command. Also built into the editor is a Spelling Checker, a sorting utility, rectangular cut/paste, and many other additions and enhancements to the TPU-based editors. This is a revised version of the TPUPlus package and is compatible with VMS V5.3. A modified version of the TPU utility DIRED, as described in the VAX PROFESSIONAL magazine (October 1989), has been added along with a copy of Steve Graham's (British Telecom) line drawing utilities. Also included are several minor fixes and enhancements, including internal enhancements to the routines in TPUPLUS_PRNT.TPU. Notes: Executable and/or object code is furnished. Changes and Improvements: Several changes and updated information. Documentation may or may not be on magnetic media. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00386 UH/UM/UT Device Drivers for VMS Version: 4.0, December 1988 Submitted by: Emulex Corporation, Costa Mesa, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.X Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 10K through 15K Bytes per driver Hardware Required: Emulex CS11/U, CS21/U, SC21/V, SC31 or TC11 are required. Keywords: Device Handlers Abstract: The UH, UM, and UT drivers are VMS device drivers for UNIBUS DH11, RH11, and TM11 controllers. They were written for the Emulex CS11/U, CS21/U, SC21/V, SC31, and TC11 controllers, but will work with other Digital Equipment Corporation or emulating controllers with minor modifications. Emulex does not support these controllers under VAX/VMS V5.X or later. These drivers are unsupported by Emulex, and are provided as examples for customers that may wish to modify the code for their specific applications. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.X is required. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00385 EDX Editor Version: 7.4, September 1990 Submitted by: David W. Deley, General Research Corporation, Santa Barbara, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAXTPU Keywords: Editors, Emulators, Word Processing, TPU Abstract: EDX is a powerful replacement editor for the VAX EDT editor. The keypad is exactly the same as the EDT keypad to make it easy for EDT users to switch to EDX, but there are many useful features in EDX that are unavailable in EDT or the newer EVE editor. EDX also supports a WPS-style keypad. Some of the advanced features of the EDX editor are: . Built in spelling checker with 70,000 word dictionary. Spell check a buffer, range, word, or display the dictionary and browse. Includes guessing algorithms and personal supplemental dictionary support. . Obtain a directory listing including optional /SIZE and /DATE qualifiers. Read in a selected file from the directory listing, delete a selected file, or lock a selected file. . Wildcard search and replace mode, with optional string to exclude as a match, case sensitive or insensitive. . List all lines containing a specified string or wildcard pattern along with the corresponding line number. . Search for and highlight matching parenthesis. . Lock files, preventing others from editing them while you do. . Sort a buffer, range, or columnar range. . Columnar cut and paste in insert or overstrike mode. . Encrypt a buffer using the American National Data Encryption Standard algorithm X3.92-1981. . Translate a buffer from EBCDIC to ASCII, and vice versa. . Compare two buffers line by line. . Translate DCL symbols and logical names. . Create DCL symbols and logical names. Note that all of the above features are performed within the editor, without spawning a subprocess. EDX is built on the high performance, programmable VAX Text Processing Utility (VAXTPU). Users familiar with VAXTPU can extend the editor's functions by writing new procedures in VAXTPU. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: This latest version of EDX Editor requires Operating System VAX/VMS V5.1. Also included is an earlier version of EDX Editor which will run on Operating System VAX/VMS V4.4 through V4.7 and V5.0. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EC), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00384 System Notice Utility Version: 1,0, November 1988 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: DCL, VAX BASIC Keywords: Mail, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The System Notice Utility V1.0, is a tool that will allow system messages to be posted from a central node to the local node, several nodes, or to as many nodes as you wish. It is designed to provide users with the latest information on system and facility events. Messages are classified into two categories; informational and system. Informational messages will generally be related to corporate and facility announcements, whereas system messages will be related to information that affects a specific system environment (preventive maintenance, system shutdowns, etc...). When messages are created, the number of days that a message should be posted will also be entered. This provides for the automatic removal of the message from the active system messages to an "archived" message file. Users also have some control over the way news is presented to them at login time. The commands, along with other features of the NEWS Utility, are explained in detail in the help file NEWS.HLP and some suggestions for setting up this system is included in the file INSTRUCTIONS.TXT as this product does not use VMSINSTAL. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00383 Flowchart Generator Version: 1.2, September 1989 Submitted by: David Cohen, Security Pacific Autom. Co. Global Sys., Los Angeles, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: VAX COBOL Keywords: File Management, Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Allows you to turn your COM files into pictures. User creates a Flowchart List, containing step names, input/output names, and comments. Step names can be the names of programs that the COM file runs, DCL commands, or other nested COM files. Input/output names are file names. Comments can be any string in parentheses. The Flowchart generator reads this list and creates a chart with boxes, arrows and text. It tracks the input and output names, so that if the output of one step is the input of a later step, it will be so labelled. There is an instruction manual included. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Enhanced display for multiple files. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00382 VAX-To-VAX Migration Tools Version: November 1988 Submitted by: Richard J. Faust, E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, DE Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: DATATRIEVE, DCL, VAX BASIC, VAX FORTRAN Software Required: ALL-IN-1 V2.2, DATATRIEVE, FORTRAN, BASIC Keywords: ALL-IN-1, Mail, Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This collection contains tools reviewed at the Fall 1988 DECUS U.S. Symposium in session SM030, VAX-to-VAX User Migration. These tools were developed to help automate several tasks which had to be performed to move more than 200 user accounts from one VAX to another. The primary application for these accounts was ALL-IN-1. The most significant elements of the package perform the following functions based on a list of account names which are to be moved: . Extract shared ALL-IN-1 documents from public to private areas so that all documents in a user's file cabinet can be copied from the source node to the target node. . Identify account names on the source node which already exist on the target node, then create and modify a scratch UAF on the source node which can be merged with the UAF on the target node using the CONVERT utility. . Guarantee mail delivery while accounts are being moved by modifying ALL-IN-1 and VMS Mail profiles to autoforward mail to the message router. . Automate the transfer of ALL-IN-1 profile information using a DATATRIEVE procedure which is created on the source node and executed on the target node. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00381 DL_FIX Utility Version: 1, November 1988 Submitted by: Richard J. Faust, E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Co. Inc., Wilmington, DE Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: DCL, VAXTPU Software Required: VAXTPU Keywords: ALL-IN-1, File Management, Mail, Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS, TPU Abstract: This collection contains a set of procedures written in DCL and VAXTPU which were written to automate node name changes in ALL-IN-1 and VMS Mail distribution lists and ALL-IN-1 nickname files. These tools were used effectively at the development site when specific node names were changed to cluster aliases following the implementation of Message Router V3.0: 42000 changes were made in 3600 of 6000 files examined on 26 disks in a large cluster in less than 1.5 hours. Development goals of the DL_FIX procedures included the following: . Provide backup of files which could be modified. . Write the procedures to run as quickly as possible. . Maintain records of how many files were modified and how many changes were made. The procedures can be run to check all distribution list and nickname files on all disks on the system, or it can be run on individual files. Documentation and a user-oriented VMS HELP file are provided. Notes: VAXTPU is required. The procedures can be CPU intensive. The primary activity is Global Search and Replace using VAXTPU. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00380 HP-2000 Support Files, Misc Handy Sys.Mgr DCL Files Version: 2.0, May 1989 Submitted by: Kent C. Brodie, MIS Dept - Medical College of WI, Milwaukee, WI Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6,V4.7,V5.0,V5.0-2 Source Language: DCL Hardware Required: HP2000 or other Hewlett-Packard Laser Printer Keywords: Hewlett Packard, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This directory contains the command procedure and support files needed to easily support a Hewlett Packard HP-2000 laser printer on a VAX. You can use these files to support other laser printers as well, but some modules may have to be changed (Laserjet, Laserjet+ escape sequences are different in some areas). This is a good example on how to manage a laser printer and its many available attributes. In addition, this directory contains a few handy DCL utilities for system managers, including both a MANUAL and AUTOMATIC idle process killer. This package contains the files necessary to use the "/FORM=xxxxx" qualifer when sending standard print files to the HP-2000. This allows you to print regular "standard" files in a variety of fonts/styles, without having to use special text-formatting programs, such as RUNOFF, etc. The files are as follows: HPFORMS.COM A command procedure that sets up some of the "stock" forms for a HP-2000 printer. Form names/numbers may have to be modified so they do not clash with definitions already present at your site. HPFORMS.COM does NOT contain all of the possible forms that you can define. It is simple enough to do however, all you do is look at how HPFORMS.COM extracts the necessary modules to compile the form. REMOTEPRT.COM A sample command procedure that shows how the print queue for our laser printer was set up at our site. SYSDEVCTL.TLB A device-control text library of various tiny modules that control the HP-2000 printer. [.MODULES] This directory contains all of the text modules that comprise the file SYSDEVCTL.TLB. BARCODE_ EXAMPLE.TXT A sample text file that uses the "W" font cartridge. KILL.COM A MANUAL idle interactive process killer. This is an extremely handy and quick utility that shows you each user, and asks if you want to knock that process off of the system. JKILLER.COM Slightly modified JKILLER.COM (from "ARIS") that can run under a cluster environment that shares disks. DIALUP.COM Tiny DCL that shows you all of the interactive DIALUP users that are on the system. Notes: The following DCL files, KILL.COM, JKILLER.COM, and DIALUP.COM, refer to a logical name, "MCW$SYS", which is a common utilities directory. You can create your own assignment for MCS$SYS, or simply change it to your own site's naming conventions. Changes and Improvements: More font support. Handy SYS-MGR DCL utilities is included. Assoc. Documentation: HP LASERJET 2000 Technical Reference Manual is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00379 MAILUAF Version: 1.0, October 1988 Submitted by: Gail L. Davidson, BP America, Warrensville Res. Lab., Warrensville Heights, OH Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN, VAX MACRO Keywords: Data Base Management, Mail, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This enhanced version of the MAILUAF utility has been written for VMS 5.X operating systems. Like previous versions of this utility, its primary purpose is to give the system manager a tool for maintaining the database created by the operating system VMSMAIL utility. It provides the capability to add, change, delete, and display records on the VMSMAIL_PROFILE.DATA file. This version has the following features: . The MAILUAF commands have the same qualifiers as the VMSMAIL utility. . Validation logic has been added for command syntax. . A security feature has been added which requires the user to have SYSPRV. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.0 or greater is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00378 XMAIL: VAX/VMS Mail Utility Enhancements Version: 2.0, June 1989 Submitted by: Alan Mac Arthur, The Boeing Co., Seattle, WA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.7, VAX/VMS V5.01, V5.1 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: FORTRAN Compiler Keywords: Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The VAX/VMS Mail Utility has many powerful capabilities, however some desirable functions are not yet available. In particular, it is frequently useful to know if a message that you sent has been read, and to be able to accurately reset your new mail message count to the number of new mail messages that you actually have. System managers may also want to clean up the system mail file, to determine the number of new mail messages pending for a given user or all users, and to send a mail message to all users on the system. This program will perform these functions for both VMS Versions 4 and 5, and because it does not use X-windows or any type of screen management, it can be used in interactive mode from any type of terminal, or even run in batch mode if so desired. X-mail also features comprehensive on line help, complete installation instructions, and checksums of all distribution files to provide verification that your copy has not been corrupted. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4 or V5 are required. Program must be installed with privilege. Changes and Improvements: Runs on VMS versions 4 and 5. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00377 VT100 Graphics Editor Version: 2.3, September 1987 Submitted by: Pete Hansen, DSI Transports, Inc. Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 - V4.7 Source Language: BASIC-PLUS Software Required: BASIC Run Time Library (if .EXE is used) Hardware Required: Optional LN01 Laser Printer, VT100 - VT220 Terminal Keywords: Editors, Graphics Abstract: GE is a text editor with special features enabling it to exploit the graphic character sets available in VT100 to VT220 terminals. Although the graphic capabilities of these terminals are somewhat limited, most charts, graphs, schedules, and documents can be effectively created and saved in a variety of formats including VT100 format. Normal text files can also be created. GE also contains an interface with the LN01 laser printer, files created can be printed to an LN01 printer with graphics intact. This program is perfect for creating screens for command procedures, making blank forms on the laser printer, creating displayable charts to send through VMS-Mail, or just doodling around on your terminal. GE features line and full screen modes, split scroll screen user interface, one-key numeric keypad commands, and a reference 'grid' option. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00376 VAXstation 100 VDS Version: 1.2 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: BLISS-32, MACRO-32, PASCAL Memory Required: 3MB Hardware Required: VS100 Display System Keywords: Emulators, Graphics, VAXstation Abstract: VAXstation Display Services (VDS) is the software component of the VAXstation 100 terminal. VDS is comprised of the following components: . VAXstation Human Interface . Terminal Emulation . VAXstation Display Management Library (VSTA) . VAXstation CORE Graphics . VAXstation Native Graphics Procedures The VSTA, and CGL libraries as well as the Native Graphics procedures are callable from seven VMS Languages: ASSEMBLER, C, BASIC, FORTRAN, PASCAL, PL/1, COBOL, and BLISS. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00375 Space_Telescope Collection Version: October 1988 Author: Tom Comeau, Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD 21218 Submitted by: Dave Stern, Space Telescope Science Institute, Baltimore, MD Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4, V4.7, V5.0 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package consists of the following files: ADJUST A mechanism for supressing compute-bound interactive jobs. EVERYBOOT This program is designed for the system site that has users needing various things done upon rebooting the system. Such as defining group logicals, but does not have twenty-four hour coverage at the site. Keeping system security in mind, the program will run any file the user wishes at reboot time with only their privileges. The system reboot will in no way be affected if an error occurs in the users file. LOGGER Logs shutdowns, startups, crashes and reasons for crashes to a file. It produces a useful monthly uptime report. PICTURES Picture files for display which are compatible with VT220s. UNDELETE A way to retrieve files you accidently deleted. It recreates your file from information in the FIB. It is highly dependent on the amount of IOs to the target disk. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MC) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00374 APLTPU/APLEVE Version: January 1990 Submitted by: W. Geoff Bryant, Schlumberger CAD/CAM, Billerica, MA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.4, V5.X, VAX/VMS V4.4, V5.X Source Language: TPU Keywords: Editors, Emulators, EVE, TPU Abstract: This submission contains the latest version of APLTPU, a highly enhanced version of Digital Equipment Corporation's EDT Emulator. Included are files to build APLTPU for whichever version of VMS you are using. This submission also includes APLEVE, which is APLTPU converted to be based on EVE rather then the EDT Emulator. APLEVE also contains enhancements over and above APLTPU. APLEVE is intended to replace APLTPU. Enhancements to the Digital Equipment Corporation's EDT Emulator and EVE include: . Split screen editing. . Rectangular CUT/PASTE. . Improved define key (learn key). . Advanced positioning commands. . Selected substitution. . Centering, trimming, case setting. . Control character and space/tab conversion. . User definable "word" setting. . Full online help. . Initialization files to allow users to tailor APLTPU and APLEVE options, including their own word definitions, using APLTPU/APLEVE commands rather than programming in VAXTPU. . A DCL buffer to execute DCL commands. . Wildcards for "reference" files in split screen edit. . Margin support. . Bug fixes and other minor new features. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Latest version of APLTPU. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00373 Tickler Version: 1, October 1988 Submitted by: Richard J. Bylina, General Electric - ASTRO Space, San Jose, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: DCL Keywords: Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The TICKLER utility provides a means of sending a message to a group of users on a regular basis. The user inputs the message along with the day of the week he wishes the message to be sent along with a MAIL distribution list. It is a great method of reminding yourself or others of weekly tasks coming due. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0010 \\ V00372 A FORTRAN Useropen Routine to Mark a File/NOBACKUP Version: 1, October 1988 Submitted by: Steven R. Berman, Northrop, Inc., Hawthorne, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6, V4.7, V5.0 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 724KB Software Required: FORTRAN Compiler Keywords: FORTRAN, Utilities - VMS Abstract: A technique for setting the /NOBACKUP flag in the File Information Block of a newly created file is presented. The technique involves using a FORTRAN Useropen routine to set the flag at file creation time. The Useropen routine uses a QIO to the XQP to set the flag. The net result is that the file is created with the /NOBACKUP flag set when it is opened with the FORTRAN OPEN statement. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00371 FCD Version: 1.0, October 1988 Submitted by: Paul Fleischer Operating System: MicroVMS V4.X, VAX/VMS V4.X Source Language: MACRO-32 Hardware Required: VT100 or compatible terminal Keywords: Games Abstract: FCD is a Five Card Draw video poker game that plays in the same manner as the poker machines in Nevada. You place your bet and five cards are dealt to you. You then have an opportunity to place a hold on as many of the five cards as you like and then discard the rest. The discarded cards are replaced with new ones, and you are notified if you have at least Jacks or better. The better the hand, the higher the payoff. Though hot streaks can occur, you will quickly learn that gambling does not pay! Included is the source file, a command file to build the executable, and a documentation file describing how to build FCD, how to play, and the payoff schedule. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0010 \\ V00370 Electronic Bulletin Board Service Version: 5, October 1988 Author: Alta Paul, Naval Research Lab, Code: 2841, 4555 Overlook Drive, Washington, DC 20375-5000 Submitted by: Carla C. Bazemore, Naval Research Lab, Code: 2841.5, Washington, DC Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: PASCAL Keywords: Bulletin Board Abstract: The Central Computing Facility at the Naval Research Laboratory is currently running a very easy to use electronic bulletin board software. This package has the following features: . Runs on VAX/VMS systems. . Written in VAX PASCAL. . Uses SMG$ routines to produce very easy to read screens- VT100 mode. . Data base files are indexed - uses RMS routines for data base management. . Menu driven - one key stroke selects options. . Help menus available at each level. . Easy to use - self explanatory. . Code, installation and operation very well documented. . Allows topics to be grouped logically by categories, thus saving processing time and $$$. . Total/New message counts available at each category level so users can see immediately if there is anything new to read in topics of interest. . Allows users to respond to any posted message, either to the poster or on the Bulletin Board - uses VMS MAIL utility. . Topics may be "owned" and therefore "protected" so that only designated users can add and delete from these topics. . Uses the EDT editor to create messages to add to the Bulletin Board or to respond to a posted message without leaving the utility. . Can run executable code on one machine and access the data base files stored on another machine via the LAN through a NETNONRPIV account. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00369 Submitting Batch Jobs From a FORTRAN Program Version: 1, October 1988 Submitted by: Steven R. Berman, Northrop Inc., Hawthorne, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0, V4.6, V4.7, V5.0 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 890KB Software Required: FORTRAN Compiler Keywords: FORTRAN, Utilities - VMS Abstract: A technique for submitting batch jobs from a FORTRAN program is presented. The technique involves the user calling a FORTRAN subroutine written by the author and submitted to the DECUS Program Library. The user passes the name of the command file to be submitted, the batch queue name, and optional batch job parameters. The subroutine calls the "Send to Job Controller" System Service to enter the job in the specified batch queue. The user is optionally notified when the job completes. No privilege is required. Notes: Queue Manager must be running and at least one batch queue must have been established. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00368 Uniform Random Numbers and DCL Symbols Version: October 1988 Operating System: RSX-11M V4.3, VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: DCL, FORTRAN 77, RSX INDIRECT, VAX FORTRAN Software Required: FORTRAN Compiler Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The random number routines are FORTRAN versions of combined random number generators recommended by Pierre L'Ecuyer (Efficient and Portable Combined Random Number Generators, Communications of the ACM, Vol. 31, No. 6, June 1988, 742-749, 774). Three implementations are given: two for PDP-11's and one for VAX's. For PDP-11's, use the two "*16.ftn" files for short (16-BIT) integers (especially if you don't have FORTRAN 77), or the two "*32.ftn" files for long (32-BIT) integers (if you have FORTRAN 77). For VAX's, use the two "*.for" files. Note that the only real difference between the "*32.ftn" files and the "*.for" files is that the latter are specifically written for VAX FORTRAN: there is no difference in the generation formulae. Therefore, if you want a 16-BIT generator for your VAX, you can use the "*16.ftn" files. The approximate period length for each generator is noted in the "Unifrm*.*" files. The "symbols.cmd" file is a PDP-11 command file skeleton that provides a large number of symbols for use by RSX Indirect (@). For PDP-11's you would insert your command file instructions between the symbol definitions section and the subroutines section (near the end of the file). This grew from a VAX version that provided row and column positioning escape sequences for VT1xx, VT2xx, and VT3xx terminals, plus a few other video characteristics like bold and reverse video. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0010 \\ V00367 BOPT Version: August 1988 Author: Belig Karatay, STFA Enercom Inc, Elci Sokak No. 21, Yukari Ayranci/Ankara, Turkey Submitted by: Gokalp Kirgiz Operating System: RSX-11M-PLUS, VAX/VMS Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Memory Required: 256KB Keywords: Statistics, Utilities - RSX-11 Abstract: BOPT program used especially for space truss structures, but it is applicable for any kind of statistical and dynamical analysis. Before applying statistical analysis, program reduces stiffness matrix band-width so the process time and memory requirements decreases significantly. The program changes joint numbers according to member connectivity to optimize the band-width of the stiffness matrix. Notes: Processing under RSX-11M-PLUS operating system, change built-in functions in the source program. Restrictions: Input and output formats should be corrected according to user structural analysis software. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0010 \\ V00366 HEC-PACK Version: March 1988 Submitted by: Kelley Johnston, Hydro-Electric Commission, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7000 Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5, VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: DCL, System Management - VMS Abstract: HEC-PACK is a small selection of handy routines listed as follows: ACTIVITY_ A handy DCL activity logger. Extremely easy LOG.COM to use. A trivial solution to the tedious problem of "Can you remember when the last GRIC job ran?" BATCH_EXECUTION A program to verify there are no batch jobs _CHECK.FOR running on a cluster before a system shutdown. DAY_TO_ A program to make date-based filenames. FILENAME.COM MICRO_BACK. A little DCL utility for backing up files on COM a VAXstation or other MicroVAX with nothing but a TK50. SET_PRCNAME. Makes duplicate process names show up as COM device:prcname. Useful for a system login procedure. REPLACE.COM A global search-and-replace utility, for making changes to a wildcard file spec using nothing more then EDIT/EDT and DCL. USER_ An image you may run to deny users access to VALIDATION.FOR nodes on a cluster based on rightslist identifiers. Notes: Operating system V4.5 or greater is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00365 VAX ReGIS Graphics Library Version: 1.2, May 1991 Author: Digital Equipment Corporation Submitted by: Richard Desper, Army Materials Technology Lab, Watertown, MA Operating System: MicroVMS, VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: See Notes Hardware Required: VT125 Series Terminal Keywords: Graphics Abstract: VAX ReGIS Graphics Library (RGL) is a software package that consists of picture-drawing and data-plotting routines. Picture Drawing Capabilities . Control - Initializes and controls parameters. Sets various flags within VAX RGL determining, for example, whether angular data can be passed as degrees or radians, or whether error messages can be printed on the terminal. . Screen Control - Defines viewports on the terminal and provides methods of clearing various portions of the screen. . Attribute Control - Controls terminal attributes such as shading, line patterns, and writing modes. . Picture Objects - Draws various picture objects, such as lines, markers, boxes, arcs, circles, and regular polygons on the screen. . Transformations - Provides a set of two-dimensional transformations including rotation, translation, and scaling, both singly and in combination. . Graphic Text - Controls text parameters, such as size and placement. . Saving or Restoring Pictures - Copies various portions of the screen to the optional graphics printer and provides a method of saving ReGIS strings for later recall. . Locators - Returns the current screen position in the user's coordinate system and allows points on the screen to be digitized. . Color Support - The user can define up to 64 colors and reference them by name. The system provides eleven predefined colors and gray scales. Four out of 64 colors can be displayed simultaneously via a slave color monitor to the VT125. . Alternate Character Set - Loads and uses alternate character sets. English and Greek character fonts are provided. . Macrograph Support - Accesses ReGIS macrograph facilities. Data Plotting Capabilities . The data plotting facilities define and label graph "paper" on the screen. The plotting subroutines are divided into static and dynamic segments. Static routines display all the user's data in one call. Dynamic routines allow point plotting (data added to a previously defined graph "paper") and continuous display mode (data scrolled left or right). . Setting Graph "Paper" - Defines any of the following graph "papers": linear, logarithmic, polar, or probability. . Labeling and Scaling Axes - Performs numeric and alphanumeric labeling and scaling of the axes. . Data Plotting - Plots data arrays, points with optional auto scaling, strip charts, and bar charts. . Cursor Support - Digitizes information within the graph "paper". The cursors are moved by arrow keys on the keyboard. The ordering information for the manuals is as follows: . Order V00365 (EA) for the "VAX RGL Installation Guide". . Order V00365 (ED) for the "VAX RGL Programmer's Reference Manual". Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: The following DIGITAL graphics printers are optional devices supported by VAX RGL, Version 1.2: LA12, LA34-VA, LA50, LA100, LA210, and LN03 PLUS. With one of these printers attached to a VT125 video terminal, VAX RGL can then be instructed to print a copy of the graphics screen on the hardcopy printer. An RGB color monitor is an optional device that can be attached to the VT125. VAX RGL provides independent control over the colors on the RGB monitor and the gray shades on the VT125 video terminal. Program operating under VAX/VMS Version 4.6 was last legal certification. For VAX systems, VAX/VMS operating system and VAX FORTRAN are required. For MicroVAX Systems (I and II), VAX FORTRAN and both the MicroVMS Extended Base component and the MicroVMS Program Development component are required. Files for fixes for the VT240 terminal have not been included. Changes and Improvements: Includes an installation command file. Corrected calling names provided for ten subroutines to be compatible with documentation. Example and Library source files placed in separate directories. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), User's Manual (ED), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00363 CPUCHECK Version: 2.3, July 1989 Submitted by: F.A. Canali, Gould Inc., Newburyport, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32, MSG, VAX BASIC Keywords: Security, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: CPUCHECK is a program for monitoring CPU usage and killing inactive users. It is designed to run in a memory limited system and attempts to put as little swapping load on a system as possible consistent with detecting inactive users. Sloppiness in timing inactive users is traded for lighter swapping loads on the system. Documentation is in the form of comments at the top of the source code. Changes and Improvements: Use FORCEX: add protected images. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00362 XDELETE Version: 5.2, May 1989 Submitted by: Dr. Gerd Kobschall, Institut fuer Kernphysik, D-6500 Mainz, West Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5, V4.7, V5.1 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 220KB Software Required: SMG-Routines from runtime library Hardware Required: VT100 Terminal Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The XDELETE utility gives the user a full screen view of the files in the current directory. The user can mark files for deletion, can type the contents of files in a separate window, rename the files and he can change the current directory. All actions are done in a full screen environment. Changes and Improvements: Better error checking, type of more possible file types, rename option, checks existence of directories. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00361 GO Version: 1&2, November 1988 Submitted by: A. Pirnar, ITT-WD Netherlands, Amsterdam Z.0, Netherlands 1102 BR Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4, V4.6 Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 10KB Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: GO is a DCL utility for flexible directory access which uses table display of directories as the program is being used. GO, which is available in two versions, was developed originally as a stack to keep track of `dives' into subdirectory structures. It made use of an older utility called SD.COM to parse directory specifications. In fact, the symbolic command "SD" is still easier to use when invoking GO, because of the keys being next to each other. Later it was developed as GO_1 into a table of directories keeping track of the users movements, for future quick access. More recently GO_2 was written making use of the new recursive CALL command in VMS V4.4. Both versions of GO list a command summary when invoked with the parameter "H". When invoked with no parameters it is the same as "sh def". Both versions allow the user to: move to quasi legal directory specs (e.g. missing square brackets), verify the specified directory exists, move directly to any entry in the table, step backwards or forwards in the table, move to the last entry in the table chronologically, move directly to sys$login, move up to parent directory, reset the table of directory entries, and show the table with current and last entries visited. In addition GO_2 allows the user to: expand all or one level of subdirectories under table entries, collapse all or one level of subdirectories under table entries, enable/disable capturing of non-GO movements, toggle between overwrite and find/append modes when moving to a directory, toggle talk/silent mode, make multiple moves in the table in one command, enter multiple commands in one command line, automatically define logicals "GO_n$" corresponding to table entries, print the table, delete/undelete table entries, and delete directory trees from disk. Notes: Operating System VMS V4.4 or higher is required for GO_2.COM. GO_2 uses up more dynamic memory than GO_1 so it may be easier to use GO_1 in some environments. Changes and Improvements: Various bug fixes and enhancements. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0010 \\ V00360 NETSTAT Version: E1.1, November 1988 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6, V5.1, VAX/VMS V4.6, V5.1 Source Language: VAX BASIC Software Required: VAX GKS V2.0 or higher, TSM V1.2, RBMS V1.1, VAX BASIC V3.0 or higher. Hardware Required: Color ReGIS Graphics Terminal Keywords: Networking Abstract: These DECnet network monitoring programs are essentially the same displays shown at DECWORLD '87 in Boston, MA. There are several data collection programs as well as display programs which monitor a DECnet network, as well as terminal servers and LAN bridges. The set of tools is called NETSTAT. The DECnet event processor program and the DECnet area and node polling program gathers reachability information and stores it in shared data structures. The area and node display programs periodically read these data structures and update the graphical display boxes by shading them either red for an alarm condition or green for reachable. The terminal server polling program uses TSM V1.2 (Terminal Server Manager software) to interrogate all known terminal servers on the Ethernet LAN. This information is stored in a shared data structure. The terminal server status display program operates in the identical manner as does the node display program described above. The bridge server polling command procedure uses RBMS V1.1 (Remote Bridge Management software) to interrogate all known LAN bridges on the extended Ethernet LAN. This information is stored in a shared data structure. The bridge status display program operates in the identical manner as does the node display program described above. Each display program is independent of the other so only those displays that are of interest to the user need be run. The graphical display programs use VAX BASIC V3.0 (or higher) and the associated graphics commands. This requires VAX GKS V2.0 or higher. Release Notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.6 or higher is required. This package contains a collection of several tools some of which can be used independently. Changes and Improvements: Bug fixes, enhanced documentation, minor functionality enhancements. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00359 CDUTIL Version: 1.0, July 1988 Submitted by: John T. Carroll III, Columbus, IN Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: CDUTIL is a FORTRAN program that performs text file compression and decompression operations. The compression algorithm that is employed is most effective when long strings of repeated characters are present. Once invoked, CDUTIL prompts the user to request (C)ompression, (D)ecompression, or (E)xit. Either of the first two selections generate additional prompts for input and output files. The requested operation is then performed without further operator intervention and several lines of summarizing information are displayed. Any number of compression and decompression operations can be performed before exiting the program. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0009 \\ V00358 MAINT Version: 1, August 1988 Submitted by: Leonard J. Peirce, Western Michigan Univ. Academic Comp Ctr, Kalamazoo, MI Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5, VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C Memory Required: 107KB Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: MAINT is a full-screen Directory/File Maintenance utility. Directories are presented to the user in a series of one or more screens, allowing the user to work with an entire directory at one time instead of working with a few files and having to do a DIRECT to see the current state of the directory. Run-time switches provide the user the opportunity to tailor what information is included on the screen and the option of including user-defined extended textual descriptors for individual files/directories. The following functions are available in MAINT: . Delete files/directories. . Copy files. . Rename files/directories. . Protect files/directories. . Edit an Access Control List (ACL) for a file/directory. . List a file's contents to the screen. . Change to a subdirectory. . Get full directory information on a file. . Search for a specific file in a directory. . Suspend MAINT and return to DCL level, either indefinitely or just to execute one command. . Create/access extended textual descriptors for files and directories. . Access on-line help. By combining the above capabilities with a full-screen interface and some added functionality, the user can work with entire directory structures quickly, easily, and efficiently just by pressing a few keys. One very important feature of MAINT is that execution of the operations on files is NOT done until you tell it to go ahead and perform them. In other words, you can work with all of the files, specifying the operations, and then tell MAINT to execute them all at once. This means that you have time to change your mind and perhaps undo the operations on one or more of the files. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00357 REMINDER Version: 2.0, August 1988 Submitted by: Richard E. Cox, Jr., Kollsman, Merrimack, NH Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6, VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Calendars, Scheduling, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package is used to send messages to one's self, to users with the same UIC, or to users with the same username up to an underscore. It is not one of those programs that just displays information at login or whenever you request it. It actually sends your message to you at the time you tell the message to be sent. If you have a meeting at 10:30, this package will remind you at 10:30 even if you have logged in at 8:00. If you are not logged in when a reminder message is scheduled to be sent, it will send that message to you when you do log in; therefore, you never loose a message. This package will continue to send a reminder message until the message has been acknowledged, or expired. The time delay interval used by this package continues to double starting at one minute until it has reached twenty-four hours. After a twenty-four hour period has been reached, a reminder message will be issued each day until the message expires. Reminder messages, by default, expire one week after the first scheduled broadcast. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00356 LATUSER Version: 2.0, August 1988 Submitted by: Richard E. Cox, Jr., Kollsman, Merrimack, NH Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6, VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Networking, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Like "show user", LATUSER displays the terminal name, username and process identification (PID). However, LATUSER also displays the LAT terminal server and the terminal server port of all interactive users on the system. System Managers, -- do you have a problem with a terminal and the LAT terminal number will not do? LATUSER gives you the server and port it is attached to. Do you have to reboot the server? LATUSER can sort its output by server name, grouping all users on the same server together; now you know who is using that server. Need to know who is logged in from another node? LATUSER will display the remote user and node name where that user is logged in from. LATUSER can sort the output by various fields, or direct the output to a file. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00354 LJ250 DEColorwriter Demonstration Package Version: May 1988 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS Hardware Required: LJ250/LJ252 Companion Color Printer. Keywords: Graphics Abstract: The files in this package demonstrate the capability of the LJ250/LJ252 Companion Color Printer to print color images from a sixel file. These demonstration files have different images such as birds, boats, street scenes, etc. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.2 or higher is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00353 Manager's Window Version: 2.0, February 1990 Submitted by: Joachim Bromet, University of California at Davis, Davis, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Software Required: NCP utility Hardware Required: Ethernet Keywords: Menu Control, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Manager's Window is an interactive pulldown menu-driven program by which users may issue DCL commands on all VMS nodes via maneuverable windows without leaving the utility. It is an integrated package of routines that chooses a VMS node, allows windows to be positioned (left, right, up and down), increases or decreases the window size two-dimensionally and provides an on-line help library. This revision of Manager's Window satisfies the requirements of VMS V5 as to the use of proxies and the security issues of the DECnet generic object TASK. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.X or higher is required. Manager's Window will not properly execute programs that incorporate their own screen management routines. Changes and Improvements: Revised to run under VAX/VMS V5.X, NCP security measures and cosmetic changes. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00352 MENU Version: 2.1, April 1988 Submitted by: Heino Bruecher, Feldmuehle AG Werk Reisholz Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: PASCAL Hardware Required: Video terminal supported by Screen Management Facility Keywords: Menu Control, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: The program allows a user to execute program images, DCL command procedures, batch jobs, or DCL commands. The desired action is performed by selection of a key from the menu presented on the terminal. The selection can be done by using the up and down arrow keys or by pressing a number key with the number of the item. Actions can be performed by means of subprocesses (returns to the menu when the action is over) or by execution in the same process (MENU exits before starting the action). The menu bases on one or more text files. A menu can also have submenus (recursive algorithm). Command lines can take up to nine variable substitutions, prompts can be specified in the menu file. Based on qualifiers the menu can be made to exit due to timeout and/or to force the user to be logged off when it exits. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or higher is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00351 QUOTE Version: April 1988 Submitted by: Tom Brink, Arizona Department of Transportation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 3KB Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: This program displays a random quote upon LOGON. Small efficient executable displays one of one hundred quotes available in ASCII data file. Extra one hundred quote data file included. User can create own data files. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00350 Node Sync Version: 1.0, June 1988 Submitted by: Aharon Schkolnik, Telrad - Research and Development Dept., Lod, Israel 71100 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: CLUSTER MANAGERS - what do you do when one of your nodes goes down? If your answer to this question includes issuing any DCL commands or running any programs, this submission could help you. This set of routines sets up a method of detecting and reacting to node failures and recoveries. It allows the user to have a program begin execute only when one or more other nodes have failed, and to "sleep" when one or more of those nodes recovers. It can also be used to issue appropriate DCL commands when certain node(s) fail or recover. This is useful when it is desirable to have a program running on exactly one node in a cluster - for instance a program which is responsible for some activity related to cluster-wide disks, or cluster-wide queues, or when certain user activities must be moved to another node in case of a node failure. Included are several examples which show how useful this proves to be at our site. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00349 SUM - Show Users More Version: 1.0, May 1988 Submitted by: Michael Kimura, Hughes Aircraft, Los Angeles, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6, V4.7, V5.0 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Terminal Management Abstract: SUM displays the terminal name (physical device name if terminal is a virtual terminal, remote node name and port name if terminal is a LAT device), username, and process identification code (PID) of either specific interactive users or all interactive users on the system. Information about a particular user can be specified. If you specify a string, the system lists all interactive users whose usernames begin with the specified character string. For example, if the string MAR is specified as a username, a list of all interactive users whose usernames begin with MAR is displayed. If no user exists whose username matches the specified username string, an error message is displayed. If you omit this parameter, a list of all interactive users is displayed. The command_qualifier /FULL (/NOFULL is default) requests that the full physical device name of a terminal and the full remote node name of a terminal server be displayed instead of the default which is to display only the first eight characters of the physical device name and the first six characters of the remote node name. The command_qualifier /OUTPUT (/NOOUTPUT is default) controls where the output of the command is sent. If you do not enter the qualifier, or if you enter /OUTPUT without a file specification, the output is sent to the current process default output stream or device, identified by the logical name SYS$OUTPUT. If you enter /OUTPUT with a partial file specification (for example, specifying only a directory), SUM is the default file name and LIS the default file type. If you enter a file specification, it may not include any wildcard characters. If you enter /NOOUTPUT, output is suppressed. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.6 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00348 VTOUTPUT Version: 1 May 1988 Submitted by: Ronald William Burke, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Baltimore, MD Operating System: MicroVMS V4.X, VAX/VMS V4.X Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: VTOUTPUT Permits users to easily compose ASCII character strings and VT-1XX escape sequences for output to terminals, to files, and to DCL symbols. CHARACTER Allows users to compose crude drawings using characters (or parts thereof) of the various character sets in a VT-1XX terminal. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00346 VMS V5 Set Password Emulator Version: May 1988 Submitted by: Brian Lomasky, Teradyne, Inc., Boston, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX BASIC Keywords: Emulators Abstract: VAX system managers are usually bothered by numerous phone calls from users who have either ignored or forgotten to change their password when they receive the warning message "Your password has expired; update immediately with SET PASSWORD!" when they log in. This is fixed in VMS V5 which, by default, throws the user into SET PASSWORD when they log in if their password(s) are expired. This program emulates this V5 feature. When executed at login time via SYLOGIN.COM, the program will see if the UAF for the username running the program has any expired passwords. If so, the user will be automatically forced into SET PASSWORD, and will rerun SET PASSWORD until the user has made a successful password change. Primary, secondary, and generated passwords are automatically handled. An explanatory help screen is always displayed prior to running SET PASSWORD. Additionally, both CTRL/C and CTRL/Y are disabled while running the program, to ensure that the user MUST change their expired password(s). The program requires no privileges in order to execute (although INSTALLing it /OPEN/HEADER/SHARE is recommended for performance reasons). It requires VMS V4.4 (or later), so that the $GETUAI system service is available. Notes: Operating system V4.n or later is required. Privilege to read SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.DAT to run SYSUAF report is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00345 Ultimate SYSUAF Reporting Utility Version: May 1990 Submitted by: Brian Lomasky, Teradyne Inc., Boston, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX BASIC Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: SYSUAF V4.10 is a reporting program for the SYSUAF and RIGHTSLIST data files. Simply turn on READALL (or equivalent) privilege and run SYSUAF.EXE. (Do NOT install this program with privilege; otherwise, any user could execute it). A menu of reporting options will be displayed. The best way to see what is available is to try them and see what data is displayed. You can print reports either to the screen or to a data file (SYSUAF.LIS), or to create a DCL command procedure (SYSUAF.COM) which can then be easily edited and then executed. SYSUAF.EXE will try to open SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.EXE and SYS$SYSTEM:NETPROXY.EXE (or SYS$SYSTEM:NETUAF.DAT), unless the logical name of SYSUAF and/or NETPROXY (or NETUAF) is defined, in which case the SYSUAF.EXE program will try to open the SYSUAF and/or NETPROXY (or NETUAF) files pointed to by the logical name(s). You should not need to recompile or relink either of the executables unless you need to change the features of the program. (Instructions for compiling and linking SYSUAF are contained at the beginning of the source code). These programs have been tested on VAX/VMS V4.6, V4.7 and V5.1 through V5.3. Notes: SYSPRV or equivalent privilege is required in order to run this program. Executable and/or object code is furnished. Changes and Improvements: Total rewrite for menu interface for all fields. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00344 SD: The Ultimate "Set Default" Utility Version: October 1990 Submitted by: Brian Lomasky, Teradyne, Inc., Boston, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX BASIC Keywords: File Management, System Management - VMS Abstract: SD is the "Ultimate SET DEFAULT Utility". After installing SD, simply use the symbol "SD" instead of the words "SET DEFAULT" when setting your default directory. In addition to setting your default directory, SD will: . Verify for the existence of the new default directory. . Properly process logical names in search lists. . Display information showing your switch between directories. . Remember the last 20 directories you've set your default to. (Use SD * to display the list). (Use SD #nn to set your default to line #nn's directory). . Display a help form. (Use SD HELP). . If you have SETPRV authorized, automatically sets your UIC to the owner of the directory you set your default to, thereby eliminating all protection violations when you create a file in another user's directory which is accidently owned by you. Note that this enables you to leave all of your advanced privileges (i.e. BYPASS, etc) turned off while you set your default to any directory on any disk. . Automatically correct for almost all typing errors when you specify a directory. It will insert "[" and "]" where required. It will automatically translate logical names. It will assume a trailing colon for logical names which have none and do not match a directory name. . Easily toggle you between your current and previous directory with one keystroke. (Use SD <). . Let you set your default to a parent directory by using one backslash per level. (Use SD \). . Automatically execute environment-setting files as you enter or leave a directory. When using SD to change your default directory, SD will execute the contents of any SDLOGIN.COM file it finds in the new default directory. Additionally, SD will execute the contents of any SDLOGOFF.COM file it finds in the current default directory, before changing your default to the new default directory. (SD HELP displays text concerning SDLOGIN.COM and SDLOGOFF.COM). This is most useful in order to change your default protection to include W:RE upon entering a directory where created files must be world readable and then turning it off when you set your default away from that directory. SDLOGOFF.COM can also be very useful to ensure that when you leave a directory (via SD), that all files have the correct protection assigned to them. Note: Be sure that there can be no errors in the SDLOGIN and SDLOGOFF command files, as SD will not properly work if it encounters any errors while executing these files. . (Optional). Automatically change your VMS prompt to the node::device:[directory] where your default is currently set to, and to use any one of Digital Equipment Corporation's video attributes to display it. Enable this feature by defining the SD_PROMPT logical name in your LOGIN.COM file in one of five methods: . $ASSIGN NL: SD_PROMPT !Uses normal video for prompt. . $ASSIGN REVERSE: SD_PROMPT !Uses reverse video for prompt. . $ASSIGN BOLD: SD_PROMPT !Uses bold video for prompt. . $ASSIGN BLINK: SD_PROMPT !Uses blinking video for prompt. . $ASSIGN UNDERLINE: SD_PROMPT !Uses underline video for prompt. Notes: Operating system V4.n or later is required. Privilege to read SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.DAT to run SYSUAF report is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Updated to process devices referenced by logical names in search lists. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00342 IIT Version: 5.4, April 1991 Submitted by: C.J. Chapman, Thorn EMI Electronics, Crawley, Sussex, England RH10 2PZ Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.4 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 29KB Virtual Allocation Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: IIT (Idle Interactive Timeout) is a security timeout utility that will terminate idle interactive processes in the event of users leaving terminals unattended. Interactive processes are considered idle if they use less than two hundred milliseconds of CPU time and no buffered or direct I/O's. Timeout criteria can easily be modified to suit your local environment. Parent processes will not be considered idle if any subprocesses are active. Features include: . Process notification before termination . Dynamic adjustment of timeout period . Resilient to operator/user attack . Specific username exemption . Process priority override . Very low CPU usage Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: VAX/VMS Version 5 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Timeout exemption modification. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00340 MA Queueing/Routing Version: MAQ 31, May 1990 Submitted by: Earl Lakia, IPACT, Valparaiso, IN Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 through V5.2 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Data Communications, Device Handlers Abstract: This software provides the ability to transfer data between processes similar to VMS mailboxes with the addition of a global section file that saves individual messages during a reboot or crash. There is also a routing application (MA_ROUTER) that allows messages to be transmitted over DECnet to a MA_ROUTER on other VAX or PDP-11 systems. The MA_ROUTER allows both multiple message id's (i.e. individual queues) to be connected to a particular MA_ROUTER and also allows connections to many MA_ROUTERS on various systems. The queueing mechanism uses user-written system service routines to read and/or write to the global section file in memory. These routines are located in the SSDISP.EXE image and are installed with privileges on the system. The messages are checkpointed to disk by a detached process (QUEUE_CHKR) that is notified by the application program from calls to the user-written system service routines. If checkpointing to disk is not necessary, QUEUE_CHKR can be rewritten to exit after it creates the global section file in memory. Besides the user-written system service routines (SSDISP), the queue checkpointing process (QUEUE_CHKR), and the routing process (MA_ROUTER), there are various utilities to help manage the "queuer". The MENU utility allows you to test the functioning of all of the various routines and allows the system manager to dynamically add/delete message ids in memory. The Q_UTL utility allows the system manager to create a new global section file, dump an existing global section to a sequential file, and add/delete message ids to the permanent message id database. The QUEMON utility will display messages ids with current queued messages above a prompted threshold. The NRBDMP utility displays the MA_ROUTER's internal control blocks and displays which messages ids and which systems the MA_ROUTER is currently connected to. With the current implementation of the MA_ROUTER, adding/deleting new routes to the routing database is not a dynamic process. However the router does handle the loss of connections to another system and will re-establish connections when the remote MA_ROUTER attempts to reconnect. There are also utilities to build the route database. For the RSX-11M-PLUS version of "MA Queueing/Routing", see DECUS No. 110903. Notes: Executable and/or object is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Bug fixes, new documentation, new utilities, support for SMP processors. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00339 SDE: Software Development Environment Version: 76, May 1988 Submitted by: Kevin Angley, Memorex Telex, Raleigh, NC Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: DCL, PASCAL Software Required: VAX-11 DEC/CMS V2.3 and VAX-11 DEC/MMS Keywords: Software Development Abstract: SDE: Software Development Environment is a general model software development methodology that incorporates VAX DEC/CMS and VAX DEC/MMS. VAX DEC/CMS and VAX DEC/MMS are useful tools for software development; they are only tools and do not constitute a procedure. Built around VMS features (access control, logical names, VAX DEC/CMS, and VAX DEC/MMS), SDE provides an efficient, controlled process for software implementation. Our particular application is cross-development of microprocessor software, but SDE is flexible enough to work with virtually any set of software development tools (assemblers, compilers, linkers, etc.). SDE is also found to be useful for native VAX/VMS development. Notes: Operating system VMS V4.4 or higher is required. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EC), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00338 PIC: Pictures Editor Version: April 1988 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT100 Compatible Terminal Keywords: Editors Abstract: PIC is a picture drawing tool for VT100 compatible terminals. It allows you to draw either an 80 or 132 column wide picture with lines and text. Output generated can be a simple line drawing using non-graphical characters (- + | ), VT100 line graphics or sixels. Previously made pictures can be modified with PIC. The program has a recover feature when the drawing session is interrupted. FORMAT: PIC Filename.Type Qualifiers: /[NO]GRAPHIC Determines whether the final picture file contains standard printable ASCII characters (such as + ---- | !) or VT100 line drawing escapes. The default is /GRAPHIC. /WIDE Allows you to use PIC in a 132 column mode. /RECOVER Recovers a previously interrupted drawing session. /SIXEL This qualifier allows you to create a sixel file of the drawing made upon exit of the PIC editor. PIC will also create a non-sixel VT100 graphics file which can be used for subsequent editing sessions (as the sixel file itself cannot be used for anything else but printing). Special drawing commands for diagonal lines and circles can be entered through a special option file using the /OPTION qualifier. /OPTION= Allows the specification of an option file Filespec in which more advanced drawing commands can be entered to generate (oblique) lines and circles for sixel output. Only valid in combination with the /SIXEL qualifier. Notes: Utility must be invoked as a DCL command. Incorporating in DCL command tables via separate command description file (PIC.CLD). Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00337 Full Screen Selection Menu Generator Version: 1.1, May 1988 Submitted by: John A. Brown, Roy F. Weston, Inc, West Chester, PA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: DCL Memory Required: 10.4KB Keywords: Menu Control Abstract: The Full Screen Selection Menu Generator is a DCL routine which supplies the user with a numbered list of items found by a parameter-based directory search. The procedure may be used to set a default directory (SET DEFAULT subdirname) or to select a file simply by recognizing the name rather than remembering it. In either case, the possibility of keying an erroneous file name is eliminated. Two parameters drive the routine. The first is a 40 character (maximum) title which if it contains blanks must be enclosed in double quotes ("). A limit of 40 characters is set because the title will be displayed in bolded double-height characters thus taking up the entire width of one line. The title will automatically be centered on the output screen. The second parameter is the search field and may contain "wildcard" characters. If a directory search is specified as the second parameter, the selected directory will automatically become the default upon exiting. If a file search is specified as the second parameter, an output file containing the fully qualified name of the selected file is created. This output file must then be read to determine which file was selected. The output file will be put on the current subdirectory with the name SELECTED_FILE.DAT. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0009 \\ V00336 FTX Version: 5.0-2-A, May 1990 Submitted by: C.J. Chapman, Philips Defence Systems MEL, Crawley, Sussex, England, RH10 2PZ Operating System: MicroVMS V5.0, VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 143KB Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: FTX - Foreign Tape Extension utility is a systems management tool that enables ASCII or EBCDIC data files to be written, or read from unlabelled magnetic tape using combinations of block and record format. Features include: . Automatic tape mount with dismount option. . Forward tape mark skipping before read begins. . Full wild card file processing. . Record padding and stripping. . Read while spooling option. . Character translation checking. . Data I/O checking. . Tape erase option. . Tape test option Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Operating System VMS V5.0 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00335 DBAG - Data Base System Version: 1.5, August 1988 Submitted by: Luis Arriaga da Cunha, Laboratorio Nacional De Engenharia Civil, 1799 Lisboa Codex, Portugal Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 1MB Keywords: Data Base Management Abstract: DBAG is a relational database system, implemented for VAX/VMS, similar in functionality and interactive interface, to the commercial product DBASE III. Some commands are actually the same, so users familiar with that popular package should "feel at home" with little effort. The editor of records (and commands) departs from a WordStar-like approach and emulates VAX's EDT thus again saving extra learning effort. The system also provides a complete library of subroutines, FORTRAN 77 callable, for those who need/want to write their own program to handle the database. Notes: English translations of the manual files have been added to the program files. Changes and Improvements: General bug fixing. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00334 LASER_FORMAT Version: 2, April 1988 Submitted by: Dr. David W. Burgess, RAF Institute Of Aviation Medicine, Farnborough, Hants, England, GN14 6SZ Operating System: MicroVMS V4.7, VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: Postscript Laser Printer Keywords: Text Formatting Abstract: LASER-FORMAT is a file interpreter to modify either Bonner RUNOFF, WPS, or Normal text listings for output on a PostScript Laser printer. Command files exits to catch files for listing from a directory [LASER] for automatic printing on a laser print queue. Using escape codes additional postscript commands can be added to the files to produce pretty output of desk top publishing quality. Codes exist for full support of the technical character set in WPS. Wordstar files can also be printed on this package over DECnet. The package contains three demonstration manuals for output either as a straight text file, a RUNOFF file or via WPS-PLUS if this program is available. Package also contains an updated version of "PLOT_IT Graph Plotting" program which is on DECUS No. V00212, "PLOT_IT and SPELL: Interactive Dictionary." Media (Service Charge Code): Five RX50 Diskettes (JE) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, TK50 Tape Cartridge (TC) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00333 VT100KEYS Version: 1, March 1988 Submitted by: Ronald William Burke, Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Baltimore, MD Operating System: Micro/VMS V4.X, VAX/VMS V4.X Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Terminal Handler Abstract: VT100KEYS shows users how to use the keypad on a VT100 terminal. It allows you to lock or unlock terminal or console from unauthorized access. It includes a pair of DCL commands (LOCK.COM and CLOCK.COM) which approximate VT100KEY's locking capabilities on terminals and consoles. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00332 Menu Branch Version: 1.1, April 1988 Submitted by: Bob Bruhin, Advanta, Building Five, Horsham, PA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 25.6KB Keywords: Menu Control, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This tool takes the form of a MACRO-32 program which can replace the display and selection portions of a captive menu command procedure. Using this tool, captive menus are still DCL command procedures (like at most installations). However, the burden of coding the routines to display the menu, accept a user selection and execute the appropriate DCL code to perform the selected action is removed from the designer of the menu. The menu program can perform all these actions from within the command procedure. The menu program may be considered a multi-way DCL branch statement. The command procedure calls the menu program using the DCL RUN command. A menu description is included in-line in the command procedure, following the activation of the menu program. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00330 VTCALC Version: 1.0, April 1988 Submitted by: Michael Chamsay Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX BASIC Hardware Required: VT100 or VT220 Terminal Keywords: Calculators Abstract: VTCALC is an easy to use, simple calculator program that does basic calculations. All input is done via the keypad and arrow keys which are diagrammed on the screen using the line drawing character set. Like many simple calculators it has one memory cell which is displayed on the screen and updated whenever the store key is pressed. This program was developed and tested on a VT220 look alike in VT100 mode. One of the future enhancements will be to include scientific functions such as trigonometic, and log functions. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0009 \\ V00329 SVIEW/SCOPY Version: 1.0, March 1988 Submitted by: John T. Carroll III, Columbus, IN Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT200, VT300 Terminals Keywords: FORTRAN, Graphics, ReGIS Abstract: SVIEW is a FORTRAN program that displays screen images saved by the SCOPY subroutine on Digital Equipment Corporation's VT200 and VT300 series graphics terminals. Once invoked, SVIEW prompts the user for commands to READ a plot file, VIEW a screen image, PLOT a screen image, and EXIT the program. SCOPY is a FORTRAN subroutine that transfers images displayed on Digital Equipment Corporations's VT200 and VT300 series graphics terminals to a plot file. The transfer is accomplished by initiating a remote screen copy and redirecting the screen image from the printer port to the host. The resulting plot file can be printed on any one of Digital Equipment Corporation's graphics printers or rapidly redisplayed at the terminal using the SVIEW program. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0009 \\ V00327 VCU VAX/VMS Calendar Utility Version: 3.7, March 1988 Submitted by: Michael C. Johnson, Spuds Software, Brookline, MA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5, VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX BASIC Memory Required: 350K Hardware Required: VT100, VT220 Terminals Keywords: Calendars Abstract: VCU is an interactive perpetual calendar for the VAX/VMS operating system. It provides you with a simple way to store and retrieve messages for any day. Features include: . A complete pull-down menu system with command keys. . A display consisting of the time, date, previous month, current month, next month, day of the year, days left in the year, yearly messages, weekly message, and daily messages. . A search function. . Output capability. . On screen message editing. . Qualifiers and parameters to provide complete access from DCL. . Toggling of the yearly, weekly, and daily message displays. . A full year display. . On-line help. Notes: Operating system VMS V4.0 or later is required, because the program utilizes system routines, screen management routines, and utility routines. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00326 Protect Version: 1.00, February 1988 Submitted by: Andre Baskin, SYSCON Corp, Williamsburg, VA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C, MACRO-32 Keywords: Security Abstract: Protect is a system to protect VMS executables from attack by computer viruses by detecting any tampering with the executable done by the virus. A virus is a program which has the ability to infect other programs by inserting a new section of code into another program. This new code will cause some harm to the system (i.e., corrupt data, delete files, etc.). In addition, the code inserted by the virus will infect other programs, thus spreading itself throughout the system. Protect is able to provide protection from computer viruses by signaling when the executable code of a program has been tampered with in any way. This is done by using the Protect program to place a stamp on the executable. This stamp will be used to check for any changes to the file and will in no way affect the program at run time. Once the program has been stamped by Protect, there are two ways in which tampering can be detected. The first method is to include a call to the function check_program either in the initialization function used by LIB$INITIALIZE or in the first line of executable code. This function will return either "1" which means the program has not been tampered with, or "0" which means the program has been tampered with. In the case of a program for which the source code is unavailable, once it has been stamped by Protect, the program Check can be run and will set the symbol $STATUS to either "1" if the executable has not been tampered with, or to "0" if the executable has been tampered with. Documentation may or may not be on magnetic media. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00325 RDB Report Writer Version: 1.1, July 1988 Submitted by: David Cohen, Security Pacific Automation Co, W29-50, Los Angeles, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: DCL, VAX COBOL Software Required: COBOL Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This package can generate a COBOL subprogram (with a linkage section) which can be called from an RCO program. The subprogram will handle all the report logic, including control breaks, totals, formatting, and creating the actual print file. Accepts as input four user supplied files which define the report and the data file record. Validates input files. Handles up to eight levels of control breaks, with totals available for each level. Options include: . At Top of Control Group. . At Bottom of Control Group. . At Top of Page. . At Bottom of Report. . New Page. These terms have the same meaning as in DATATRIEVE. Grand totals are available. Grand totals and "At Bottom of Report" are in addition to the eight allowable control breaks. Report column positions are computed automatically, from Layout Chart created by the user, in any editor. Output program can be edited and modified, if desired. The generated subprogram is designed to be called from an RCO program, once for every database record in the stream. Notes: Operating system VMS 4.0 and later is required. Filenames are greater than nine letters. Changes and Improvements: Error handling and bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00324 TPU Hebrew Functionality Version: 1, January 1988 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6, VAX/VMS V4.6 Software Required: TPU English version Hardware Required: Printer and terminals to support Hebrew option. Keywords: Editors, TPU Abstract: VAX users who find themselves with a need to be able to easily create/edit text files in Hebrew yet do not require sophisticated word processing capabilities will find H_EDIT a reliable solution. H_EDIT is a TPU based editor which enables the user to create/edit Hebrew text files. It allows for the typing of text from either right_to_left or left_to_right. Direction switching is accomplished by simple keystrokes. H_EDIT utilizes the EDT style Keypad Emulator and functionality. Notes: Terminals must contain Hebrew firmware for this program to perform properly. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00323 Systems Services Version: March 1988 Submitted by: David N. Mitchell, Information Systems & Networks, Inc., Durham, NC Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This package contains the following programs: CRELNM.C utilizes system services to create a logical name and place it in one of the processes logical name tables. The program should be passed the name of the logical name table where the logical will be placed, the logical name to be set and the equivalence string to which the logical will be equated. Three files which are included in the program are necessary: "descrip.h" which holds the structures of the necessary descriptors; "lnmdef.h" which holds definitions for the logical name flags; "psldef.h" which contains the access mode definition to be used. The descriptors for the logical name table and the logical name are set up along with the single item list in which to return the equivalence string. A final zeroed out item list is set up and then the system service to translate the logical is called followed by an error message to be printed if the call should fail. SNDJBCW.C and GETSJCDEF.FOR utilizes system services to submit command procedures to batch queues. The program has four parameters passed into it: the name of the procedure to be submitted; the name of the queue to which it will be submitted; a string containing up to eight arguments to be passed to the submitted procedure. These eight parameters must be separated by commas and the string must be terminated with a comma. All strings passed to this routine must be null terminated for use with C functions. This program was written to be called by PL/1 and Natural but should work with most any language as long as the aforementioned requirements are followed. This program calls a FORTRAN routine which includes the necessary definitions for the send to job controller system service and the translate logical name system service. The reason this is necessary is because this definition file is not available in the C language. The program sets up the necessary item list structures and enters the proper information which includes: the queue name logical; the procedure file specification logical (the DCL procedure to be submitted), the log file specification; no log delete to prevent the log file from being erased; no log spool to prevent the log file from being printed; job name to set the process name on the submitted job; eight parameters. These routines can easily be modified to include or exclude qualifiers required by a particular application. TRNLNM.C utilizes system services to translate logical names. The program is passed the address of the character array containing the logical name to be translated. This array must be declared in the calling program to be 256 characters. This is the maximum possible length of an equivalence string. If the array is smaller, there is a possibility of overwriting other variables in memory. Two include files are necessary: "descrip.h" which holds the structures of the necessary descriptors; "lnmdef.h" which holds definitions for the logical name flags. The descriptors for the logical name table and the logical name are set up along with the single item list in which to return the equivalence string. A final zeroed out item list is set up and then the system service to translate the logical is called followed by an error message to be printed if the call should fail. Notes: A FORTRAN routine had to be called in order to get the "Send To Job Controller" MACRO difinitions. Digital Equipment Corporation has not converted these definition files to the C Language. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00322 VAXstation Games Version: 1.0, January 1988 Submitted by: Charles Bulkeley Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5C Source Language: C Memory Required: 1MB Keywords: Games Abstract: This tape is a collection of games and graphics demonstrations for the VAXstation. Among these is a simulator that lets the user fly a three dimensional wireframe helicopter. Also included is a pool table game that lets two users play a game of eight ball. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00321 QMON Version: 1.0, February 1988 Submitted by: Gardner Buchanan, C.F.S. Pacific Forestry Centre, Victoria, BC, Canada Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: When disk space suddenly becomes scarce, it is often hard to answer the question, "Who has used up the disk space?". This program builds upon the function of DISK QUOTA to provide a way of tracking disk storage allocation by each user in addition to the simple snapshot. By comparing a user's current resource usage to his recent average resource usage, increasing or decreasing trends can be seen and the system manager may focus his attention on users whose resource allocation is increasing. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.X and later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00320 VCR_FILES Version: February 1988 Submitted by: Gail I. Schuman, Photon Research Associates Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5 - V4.7 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: Starbuck 8232 Data Acquisition and Control System Keywords: Data Communications, Device Handlers, Engineering Applications, Scientific Applications Abstract: VCR_FILES is a set of four subroutines written in VAX FORTRAN to communicate with the Starbuck 8232 in order to control a JVC single frame recording subsystem. Routines are available for initializing the device (port) and communication channel, turning the unit "on" for a user-specified amount of time, turning the unit"off" for releasing the device and channel back to the system. Although this software is device and system specific, it is easily modifiable and could be used as an example for programming similar devices. The routines are written in VAX FORTRAN, but are callable by either a VAX C or FORTRAN program. The routines all contain system service calls. The routine, VCR_ON is used to turn on a VCR through the Starbuck for a specified length of time and then turns it off. This could be modified for any length of time. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0009 \\ V00319 COBOL Cross Reference Version: 1.0, February 1988 Submitted by: Chester Czulada, E.F. Houghton & Co., Valley Forge, PA Operating System: RSX-11M, RSX-11M-PLUS, VAX/VMS V3.0 - V4.7 Source Language: COBOL-74 Keywords: Cross-Referencers Abstract: COBOL CROSS REFERENCE is a COBOL program that reads the file created from the directory/out=TEMP1:SRDCOBOL.DAT command. This file directs the program to read the COBOL files in a directory assign to "COB:". All COBOL programs are scanned for file names in the SELECT statements and for the use of the COPY verb. Three report sections are produced: SECTION A PROGRAMS WITH ASSOCIATED FILE NAMES. Each COBOL program is listed with all the file names used by the program. This allows a quick review of the program files without access to the COBOL source. SECTION D FILE NAMES -- CROSS REFERENCE Each file found in the COBOL programs is arranged alphabetically in this cross reference section. This is a very quick reference to which user programs have access to specific data files. SECTION Y COPY VERB USES -- CROSS REFERENCE Each COPY verb use is listed in alphabetic sequence with a cross reference to the program. The only requirements for this program are the three assignments for data areas. COB: COBOL SOURCE AREA INPUT TEMP1: DIRECTORY/OUT=TEMP1:SRDCOBOL.DAT FILE AREA RPT: REPORT OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT By limiting the directory/out option file enables you to look at only specific systems for cross referencing. Example: Cross reference ap* programs only $ directory/out=temp1:srdcobol.dat cob:ap*.cob $ run COBOL_CROSS_REFERENCE. Documentation may or may not be on magnetic media. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00318 Micro-FLX Version: 1.3, June 1988 Submitted by: Trevor Taylor, Microcomputer Technology, Aspley, QLD, Australia 4034 Operating System: MicroVMS V4.4 - 4.6, VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: C, VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: RX33 or RX50 Floppy Diskette Drive Keywords: Data Communications, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Micro-FLX is a file transfer program designed to allow VAX users to read and write CP/M and MS/DOS floppies. It handles RX50 diskettes in either CP/M or MS/DOS format from a Rainbow or RX33 diskettes in MS/DOS format from a VAXmate. Floppies can be mounted in an appropriate disk drive on either a VAX or a MicroVAX, and files can then be copied to and from them using commands similar to DCL. There is also built-in help. Release notes are distributed with each order. Changes and Improvements: Bug fixes and new "initialize" command. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00316 VAXWindow Version: 1.00, January 1988 Submitted by: Andre Baskin, SysCon Corporation, Williamsburg, VA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3, V4.5 Source Language: C Hardware Required: CRT Terminal Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: VAXWindow is an implementation of a windowing system under VMS. Using VAXWindow, one is able to create windows which allow sections of multiple virtual screens of output data to be displayed on one physical screen. The number of windows is limited by the number of subprocesses which the process is allowed to create. Commands exist which allow the user to manipulate existing windows and create new windows. VAXWindow is able to execute any DCL command which does not require a terminal for output (i.e. is able to send output to a mailbox). Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.0 or later is required for SMG$. Restrictions: Executing process must be able to create a subprocess. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0009 \\ V00315 Language Sensitive Editor Template for RUNOFF Version: 1.3, October 1987 Submitted by: Bart Z. Lederman Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6, V4.7 Source Language: LSE Software Required: LSE V2.0 or V2.1 Keywords: Editors, RUNOFF Abstract: Language Sensitive Editor for FORTRAN contains a RUNOFF template. This template simplifies the production of documents in RUNOFF by making RUNOFF commands available within the editor, and allowing the user to enter abbreviations and have the editor expand them to the full command, with any parameters in the correct place. This software does not by itself explain what RUNOFF is. A RUNOFF manual should be supplied with the operating system. However, the template does make it easier for new users to become familiar with RUNOFF. Although a compiled environment file is included, you may wish to recompile from the source. Instructions on doing this, and setting up your default environment to include the new instructions, are in sections 6.3 and 7.2 of the manual, "Guide to VAX Language-Sensitive Editor and VAX Source Code Analyzer", August 1987. The RUNOFF template currently looks for language help in the system help directory. You will have to create a help library by doing the command, LIBRARY/CREATE/HELP RNO.HLB RNO.HLP, and put the library into SYS$HELP. The RUNOFF template is fairly comprehensive, and should contain all of the commands in DSR as supplied with VMS: the help file is less so, and could really use some more help text. This software also includes an LSE template for LSE. This template is a crude one, but was enough to greatly simplify the task of creating the RUNOFF template. Notes: The language (RUNOFF) help file does not have help for every RUNOFF command. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0009 \\ V00314 VAX Capacity Management Tool Version: 3.3, December 1990 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3-2 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX BASIC, VAX COBOL Memory Required: 102KB Software Required: VAX RETOS if hardcopy graphs to spooled sixel printers is required. Hardware Required: VT240 Terminal, VT330 Terminal or VT340 Terminal Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: This system is designed as a tool for use by those people responsible for capacity management of a VAX or VAXcluster. It is not necessary to have VMS internal knowledge or system management knowledge to make use of this package. It is mainly designed for medium or large scale VAX installations. This package collects statistics on the utilization of CPU, memory and disk devices on the monitored VAX or VAXcluster. It also collects information on the CPU response of the machine and the number of processes executing. In addition to the VAX wide and VAXcluster wide information collected, this package also collects information for each UIC group. If your VAX system is arranged with each application in a separate UIC group then this allows the total system utilization to be broken down by application. The information collected can be displayed in a graphic form on VT240, VT330 or VT340 terminals. The capacity manager uses an interactive display program that has a DCL-like command syntax. The user can display histograms or frequency diagrams with hourly, daily or monthly information. The UIC group statistics can be added or subtracted from system wide statistics so graphic answers to questions like, "What will happen to the system if I take that application off?", can be seen. Hardcopy output to printers that handle ReGIS is possible. If the Digital Equipment Corporation product RETOS is available, output to printers like the LA100 that support sixel graphics can be performed. A machine uptime subsystem is included which records VAX uptime accurate to five minutes. These statistics can be reported between date and hour ranges, and weekends can be either included or excluded from the calculation. Complete user documentation, help text and installation documentation is included on the media. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Support of VMS V5.3, bug fixes, and minor display enhancements. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00313 MANAGEMENT TOOLS Version: 8.802, February 1988 Submitted by: M.D. Smith, Smith Broadcasting, Inc., Huntsville, AL Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: VAX-11 BASIC Keywords: Business Applications, Utilities - VMS Abstract: MANAGEMENT TOOLS is a series of ten programs and a text file written by a manager with twenty-five years experience as a manager, including ten years teaching management seminars. The entire program is MENU driven as you RUN the program MENU.EXE. VAX BASIC (.BAS), .OBJ and .DOC files of each program are also included. The .DOC files can be read from the main menu. . COMMUN.EXE Communication effectiveness . DECISI.EXE Decision making help . DELEGA.EXE Be a better delegator . EVALUE.EXE Employee evaluation . GETDUN.EXE Getting more done in a day . MANAGE.EXE Better overall manager of people . MOTIVA.EXE Motivation of people and self . MYBOSS.EXE Boss evaluation program . PLANS.EXE Planning improvement . TIMEFI.EXE Time management improvement . INTERV.QES Interviewing prospective employees The more times a manager uses these programs, the more benefits he/she will gain. There are options for hardcopy printouts of various portions of the programs as they run or they can be stored in files. These programs were originally written on an MS-DOS PC and were further modified to run on a C-64 and an APPLE computer. The BASIC code used is highly transportable for this reason and will run, with only minor modifications, on any computer that runs BASIC. As requested by the author, this program is not to be redistributed for profit of any kind. Non-management personnel will also find benefits in these programs for business and private lives. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00312 EDT-PLUS: EDT Editor Extensions Version: 3.0, January 1988 Submitted by: David Spencer, Spencer Associates, Orangevale, CA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.2 and later, VAX/VMS V4.2 and later Keywords: Editors, File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: EDT-PLUS is a series of EDT intializer and help files that extend the ease of text editing of the VAX/VMS EDT editor. The EDT-PLUS distribution has initializer files for both normal EDT keypad and a WPS editor keypad, as well as these additional GOLD-key keystroke features: Buffer management keys . Show list of buffers. . Write buffer to file. . Read file to buffer. . Create a buffer. . Delete a buffer. . Select buffer to edit. . Jump directly to main buffer. . Jump to previous buffer. Text editing keys . Swap character, word, line, paragraph. . Toggle screen width. . Insert/find file mark. . Change text to all upper/lower case. . Advance paragraph. . Simple save and exit. . Abort edit with verify. This is the EDT environment originally described in my articles published in "DEC Professional". It includes all the initializer files as well as COMPLETE on-line help for all normal and EDT-PLUS editing keys. Many people have typed this package in by hand; this is the original with comments and help already done and tested for you. Any "power user" of EDT will want this package to improve their productivity today. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.2 and later is required. Operating System MicroVMS V4.2 and later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00311 LSE-PLUS: Language Sensitive Editor Extensions Version: 2.3, January 1988 Submitted by: David Spencer, Spencer Associates, Orangevale, CA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.4 and later, VAX/VMS V4.4 and later Source Language: VAX BASIC, VAXTPU Software Required: VAX Language Sensitive Editor, V2.0 or later Keywords: Editors, Utilities - VMS, TPU Abstract: LSE-PLUS is a series of additional routines and procedures coded in VAXTPU to extend the functionality of the "out of the box" Language Sensitive Editor. LSE-PLUS gives the user all the standard LSE functions, plus GOLD-key keystroke sequences for: Additional screen editing commands, such as: . Swap characters, words, lines. . Toggle screen width. . Clear message window. . Change text to all upper/lower case. . Advance paragraph. . Insert/find file mark. On-Screen multi-buffer management: . Jump into buffer. . Jump directly to main buffer. . Jump to previous buffer. . Write out buffer. . Create empty buffer. . Delete buffer. DIRECTORY SCAN built in! . DECUS No. V00228, SCAN, A Directory Scan utility for VMS, integrated into editor, making multi-file editing a breeze. View your directory in a buffer, hit a key and the file under the cursor is brought into an editing buffer, plus a lot more! Other features: . Easy to use learn mode. . Toggle between view-tabs mode. . Read in a file by name. . Spawn a sub-process. Users familiar with the EDT-PLUS extensions found in my article published in "DEC Professional", will feel at home. All of the EDT-PLUS features have been added to LSE-PLUS. This package is a must for "power users" of LSE. It also includes a large body of examples of structured coding in TPU. If you have the Language Sensitive Editor, you will want to be able to extend it. LSE-PLUS shows you how plus gives you a great place to start. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Operating System MicroVMS V4.4 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00308 REMOTE CONTROL WIZZARD Version: 1.0, December 1987 Submitted by: Edward Tusch, Philips Bauelementewerk, Ebentalerstrabe 140, Austria, A-9020 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: VAX BASIC Memory Required: 205KB Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: This program has the following functionality: . File-controlled setting of the Digital Equipment Corporation server characteristics. . Demos of software packages without any human interaction. . Help VAX-newcomers or people with fingertroubles without having to walk to their terminal. . Execute a complete batch-controlled shutdown and reboot. . Reduce operator time when frequently executing jobs with long response times on the system. . Any job, which (because of VMS) until now could be done only interactively, do it procedure controlled with FORCE --> no limits to your fantasy. Complete description, sources, examples and templates included. Notes: This program is a revision of the program called "FORCE" written by Dan Cook which appeared on DECUS No. VS0052. Some bugs fixed and file control interface added. Restrictions: Be careful to whom you offer FORCE on your machine. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00305 ADAM Text Editor Version: 5.0 - 018, March 1989 Submitted by: A. Ragosta & L. Jurgeleit, US Army ARTA, MS: 219-3, Moffett Field, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, MACRO-32, TPU Memory Required: 800KB Keywords: DCL, Editors, FORTRAN, Tools - Software Development, EVE, TPU Abstract: ADAM is a powerful text editor based on EVE, the Extensible VAX Editor from Digital Equipment Corporation. Major changes have been made to EVE to increase power, flexibility and scope. The ADAM editor has a built in "FRED" dialect which may be entered by invoking the editor with the FRED command or editing a FORTRAN source code. FRED has special modifications useful for editing FORTRAN files. A mode for editing DCL command language files is also provided. Notes: Operating VAX/VMS System V5.0 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00304 DISPLAY_OPEN_FILES Version: 2, February 1988 Submitted by: Rick Orr, The Jonathan Corporation, Norfolk, VA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5, VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: File Management, Utilities - VMS Abstract: DISPLAY_OPEN_FILES uses the system service GETFWA (Get File Work Area) to display all files open to the image or open to the process for all process/images running on the system or for specific ones based on pid number. The GETFWA system service is written like the VMS system service GETJPI. The GETFWA system service will retrieve information about the files open to the process/image based on the item list supplied to it. The service does this by accessing impure data areas (PIO$GW_IIOIMPA/PIO$GW_PIOIMPA) located in P1 address space. The user of this program will need the proper privileges to use this program for access to other processes P1 address space. For more information on GETFWA please read GETFWA.TXT which describes the call in more detail. DISPLAY_OPEN_FILES will retrieve the following information and display it to the screen: . The user name . The file name . The current key buffer value for index files . The global hit count . The global miss count A description of the files follows: . DISPLAY_OPEN_FILES.FOR, .OBJ, .EXE FORTRAN program that is linked with the sharable image JONATHAN_USSDISP. . JONATHAN_USSDISP.MAR, .OBJ, EXE GETFWA entry point. . USSLNK.COM Command procedure used to link and install JONATHAN_USSDISP. . USSINSTALL.COM Command procedure used to install JONATHAN_USSIDISP. . SYSMAC.COM Command procedure to compile the JONATHAN_USSDISP program. . GETFWA.TXT Description of the GETFWA system service. Notes: Operating System MicroVMS V4.X or higher is required. Operating System VAX/VMS V4.X or higher is required. The program uses hard coded data structures offsets. Changes and Improvements: Fixed bug which would cause system to crash if user key length buffer was smaller than actual size of key. Changed output to terminal. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00302 TELL.FOR Version: 1.0, January 1988 Author: Ed Carraway, CDI, 1916 Sam Rittenberg, Apt. 1716, Charleston, SC 29407 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 through V4.7 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: TELL.FOR is modeled after the VMS utility REPLY. It does not necessarily have to be used in conjunction with operator functions because it is installed on the system as a privileged image. Thus, all users can take advantage of the $BRKTHRU system service without having the responsibility of added privileges. TELL differs from REPLY by several factors, such as: . It will not (without slight modification) notify all users simultaneously. . It automatically rings the terminal bell, and also puts the message in bold video. . It cannot be used in an operator reply/request context. . It can grab the user's attention by blinking the terminal screen from normal to reverse (TELL/REVERSE). . It can defer a message until a certain date and time (TELL/AFTER=). . It can display the message in double-size text (TELL/LARGE). . The REPLY/USER= and REPLY/TERMINAL= are incorporated into the one command TELL. If the breakthrough is unsuccessful in locating a user, it will search for a terminal. It should be installed with the procedure TELL_INSTALL.COM, or this procedure should be closely followed. The author welcomes any questions or comments. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00301 DVIOUT - DVI Output Driver Version: 1.2, January 1990 Submitted by: Scott Campbell, Grumman Melbourne Systems Division, Melbourne, FL Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: C, MACRO-32 Memory Required: 2MB Software Required: TeX, METAFONT, and associated utilities Hardware Required: PostScript laser printer or Tektronix 4014. Print symbiont requires Apple LaserWriter Keywords: Conversions, Graphics Abstract: DVIOUT is a program for converting DVI files produced by TeX for use by specific output devices, including laser printers and high resolution graphics devices. Features include: . Support for multiple output devices. The currently supported devices include the Apple LaserWriter (and PostScript in general), and the Tektronix 4014. An untested IMAGEN driver is also included. The PostScript driver should work with the LN03R. Additional output devices can be supported by providing a few low-level routines to perform the basic device output functions. . Inclusion of PostScript, Tektronix 4010/4014 and MacPaint graphics files in the formatted output. The output resulting from the graphics file interpretation can be scaled, translated and rotated (in any of four orientations). . Line, arc, point and filled polygon graphics operations. . Automatic top and bottom page markings. . Command line options for page selection and collating order. . Landscape page orientation and various paper sizes. . Support for PostScript native fonts. . Support for preloaded TeX fonts. . Support for TeX-XeT, right-to-left text within left-to-right text. . Support for change bars in the left or right margins. . Pixel, packed or generic font pixel files can be used. Also included is a print symbiont designed to control the Apple LaserWriter printer. Features include: . Capability to drive up to four LaserWriters simultaneously. . All PostScript-generated output is printed at the end of job. . A special exitserver mode that allows for the semi-permanent downloading of fonts to the printer. . Detection of errors and machine problems from the LaserWriter. . Generation of flag, trailer and burst pages. . Inclusion of modules from the device control library. . Notification to the print operator of special form required and/or manual feed options, and of machine problems. A utility program (QUERYLW) is provided that will allow the font metric information for the LaseWriter fonts to be obtained. A utility program (PSFONT) is provided that will convert TeX fonts to PostScript fonts that can be downloaded to the printer. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.2 or later is required. Program can be relinked on version 5.0 or higher. Changes and Improvements: A new utility is provided to generate PostScript fonts from TeX fonts and to use them from DVIOUT. Other improvements are the ability to include PostScript pictures in the output, to generate and use preloaded TeX fonts, and to output margin change bars. Site dependent information is now contained in options file. Assoc. Documentation: Descriptions of PXL, PK, GF, TFM and DVI file formats are with the TeX distribution, DECUS No. VS0058, but are not required to use this program. Restrictions: Print symbiont requires READALL, TMPMBX, ALLSPOOL, SHARE, LOGIO and PHYIO privileges. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00300 JMU Bulletin Board Version: 2.15, June 1988 Submitted by: Michael S. O'Neill, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: FMS Hardware Required: VT100 compatible terminal or PC with VT emulation. Keywords: Bulletin Board Abstract: The JMU Bulletin Board/Conferencing System is a FMS based menu driven system that utilizes the return and cursor keys for command selection. It is designed to allow novice users to easily use it for viewing notices without forcing them to become familiar with its advanced features. Among its features are: . Tracking of last notice read in each category. . A menu driven user interface. . Integral access to the EDT text editor. . Context sensitive HELP system. . Selective category omission on a per user basis. . Automatic insertion of notice owner's userid. . Direct access to the VMS mail utility while viewing a notice. . A reply option for posting a response to a notice while it is being viewed. . A backup option that allows the viewing of previously viewed notices. . An output option that allows you to output a copy of a notice to a file, line printer (SYS$PRINT), or a printer connected to your terminal or PC. . Support for multiple bulletin boards. . Chaining of notice replies. . Multi-level conferencing support. . File upload and download support. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.4 or higher is required. Changes and Improvements: Menu enhancements, conference enhancements, bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00299 GLOBALS - Utility to List Global Sections Version: 01.21, December 1987 Submitted by: Ya'akov N. Miles, TRIUMF, UBC, Vancouver, Canada Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5, VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: MACRO-32 Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This program lists the SYSTEM and GROUP global sections which are installed in a VAX/VMS version 4.5 system. This program lists the names, sizes, and owners of SYSTEM and GROUP global sections, with a short summary of the page and group global statistics. This program is self-documenting, and requires the user or image to have CMEXEC privileges. Critical sections of code run in EXECUTIVE mode, whereby the VAX/VMS executive data base can be examined, but not modified. Therefore, this program should not be able to compromise the VAX/VMS system integrity. Notes: Linked with SYS$SYSTEM:SYS.STB system globals and may be version dependent. User must have CMEXEC privilege (or Image must have CMEXEC privilege). Data examined in EXECUTIVE mode without locking down data structures. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00298 Indexf Version: 1.0, December 1987 Submitted by: Rick Orr, The Jonathan Corp., Norfolk, VA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5, VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C, MACRO-32 Memory Required: 204KB Keywords: File Management Abstract: Indexf contains the source, object, and executable for a program that is used to format file headers and report on amount and sizes of retrieval pointers. The file header can be found by one of four ways. It can be found by entering the filespec, or the logical block number (good for how to find the file associated with the lbn in errorlog), or the file id., or a filespec to be used in a search. The outputs are either a formatted output to the terminal screen or a report listing the file name and how many retrieval pointers and file headers associated with the file(s). Also the program will give a count of split I/O's for the CPU since last boot. The program is easy to use and is self explanatory. Notes: Use of internal data structures restricts program to Operating System V4.X level. Restrictions: Normal VMS File Protections. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00297 ReGIS to HPGL Conversion Program Version: 2.K, February 1988 Submitted by: Dr. N.S. Hoult, Racal Research Ltd., Reading, Berkshire, England RG2 OSB Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5, V4.6 Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 36KB Software Required: FORTRAN run-time system Keywords: Graphics, Hewlett Packard, ReGIS Abstract: This program converts a file of ReGIS graphics commands, as used by the VT125 and VT240 terminals, into Hewlett-Packard Graphics Language (HP-GL), as used on the 7580B plotter. It sends them to a file or directly to the plotter, which may be connected "in-line" with the terminal. Other plotters which accept HP-GL may be accommodated by slight changes to the initialization sequences. All ReGIS commands are parsed, but only a subset (sufficient for line graphs with labelling, and including macrographs) is sent to the plotter. The resulting graphs may be scaled to fit the paper, or specified explicitly as A1, A2, etc., or in mm. The program is designed to facilitate the addition of extra ReGIS commands. Changes and Improvements: Mixed absolute and relative coordinates are allowed. Restrictions: Not all ReGIS commands are interpreted, although all are accepted. Documentation may or may not be on magnetic media. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00295 LASER_PRINT Version: 2.0, December 1987 Submitted by: Steven MacNeil, Access Research Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: DCL, TPU, VAX BASIC Hardware Required: Hewlett Packard LaserJets, Font Cartridges, Downloadable Fonts Keywords: Hewlett Packard, EVE, TPU Abstract: Laser Print is a series of software programs: ALOFF, EASYFORM and one command procedure, LPRINT2, that allows text files created on the VAX to be printed to an Hewlett Packard LaserJet, Hewlett Packard LaserJet Plus, or Hewlett Packard LaserJet 2000; using such features as Bolding, Italics, SubScript, SuperScript, Underline and font cartridges and downloaded soft fonts. ALOFF provides the functionality of Bolding, Underline, etc. by converting special characters in a users text file to correct Hewlett Packard escape codes that produce the desired text output. EASYFORM provides the line drawing capability by using pre-defined characters for single or double lines and boxes. Within the editor the user draws boxes using the pre-defined characters and then runs EASYFORM to convert these characters to special Hewlett Packard LaserJet line drawing characters. Gant and PERT charts, even Flowcharts, can be created using EASYFORM. Special defined symbols are included for the Gant and PERT charts, and pre-defined arrow symbols are provided for the Flowcharts. Output of all text files to the Hewlett Packard LaserJet's is handled by the command procedure LPRINT2, which prompts for paper orientation, forms, margins and either Compressed or Elite character output. Help text files for LPRINT2, EASYFORM and ALOFF are provided. Source code is also provided. Also included with LaserPrint are Hewlett Packard escape settings in text files for inclusion into SYSDEVCTL.TLB to utilize all the capabilities of the Hewlett Packard series of LaserJet printers and all the definitions of the different forms and numbers the LPRINT2 command procedure uses. Also included are some revised EVEPlus TPU procedures that will assist you in using the line drawing features of EASYFORM. This enhances the ease and usefulness of using the EASYFORM program provided. LPRINT2 can be run from the command prompt or within EVE; the TPU procedure that allows this is also provided. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0009 \\ V00293 VMS Performance Monitoring Version: December 1987 Submitted by: Samuel Charles Spriggs, E.I. DuPont, Wilmington, DE Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: DCL Software Required: DATATRIEVE Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: The VMS Performance Monitoring System provides a high-level overview of system "health", giving management information in the form of DATATRIEVE graphs. The graphs show trends in: . System response time (service level). . Users logged in. . Page faulting. . Disk capacity. . Disk I/O. . CPU idle time. The data are current up to the last four-hour period. The system can be used to raise flags to system management as to when tuning or additional capacity may be needed. The system requires minimum effort to install and support, and it uses very little system resource. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.0 or higher is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00292 VFE - VMS File Editor Version: 3.0, December 1987 Submitted by: Ward Condit, Maricopa Community Colleges, Phoenix, AZ Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: MACRO-11 Keywords: Editors Abstract: VFE is a type-insensitive editor that can edit user disk files in block or record mode, and disk devices and FOREIGN-mounted tapes in block mode. Data can be displayed in ASCII, EBCDIC, hex, integer and binary format. User-defined sections of data from single records and single or multiple contiguous blocks can be changed, compared, and transferred within a file or between files. Records within RMS files can be changed, added or deleted, regardless of application data format. A very fast search is provided which can target a string, hex or integer constant. All or part of a terminal session can be logged to a sequential file for later lineprinter output. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Must be relinked if operating system VAX/VMS is less than V4.5. Assoc. Documentation: Fall 1987 VAX SIG Session Notes, pp. 467-476. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00291 SYSTAT Version: October 1989 Submitted by: Rick Stacks, Ark. Dept of Pollution Control & Ecology, Little Rock, AR Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.2 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: SYSTAT is a system status monitoring program set up similar to the old DECsystem-10 SYSTAT program. SYSTAT utilizes SMG routines to access and paint the screens. Help is on-line within the program by pressing the "H" key. A brief synopsis of the program is outlined below. SYSTAT monitors the jobs, both interactive and batch, that are running on the system and displays the status of each job, including information regarding process name, pid, working set size, current/base priority, currently executing program name, direct I/O count, buffered I/O count, percentage of CPU used during last update interval, and the terminal which the process is currently logged-on. The normal display, which appears by running the program, is set for a fifteen second auto update and can be changed by the user from one second to sixty seconds. A no-auto-update feature is also available. Be advised that faster update intervals result in greater CPU demand, and fifteen seconds seems to be an acceptable interval on our VAXes (750 + 3300). Other displays and options are available to the user. See program and source code for more information. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V5.2 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00290 LABELS Version: 4.0, December 1987 Submitted by: Rick Stacks, Arkansas Department of Pollution Control, Little Rock, AR Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Hardware Required: Terminal defined for use with SMG routines Keywords: Mail Abstract: LABELS is designed to allow the user to keep track of mailing label information (names, addresses, zip codes, etc.) and to be able to generate mailing labels from that information. Currently the user can separate label information into 99 different "lists" within a single file. When generating labels the program allows for single or multiple lists to be included on the output. All output is sorted by zip code (up to ten digits xxxxx-xxxxx) for mailing purposes. Mailing label information consists of the following: FIELD LENGTH . List number 2 . Sequence number 8 . Name field 1 28 . Name field 2 28 . Address 28 . City 20 . State 2 . Zip code 10 Output is set up for three-across labels measuring 7/16" high by 3 1/2" wide. The program uses SMG routines for screen-mode of data entry and is fairly easy to modify to suit individual needs. A logical, LBL$FILE, is used to denote the name and location of the data file so different users can use different files. LABELS should be "installed" for multiple users. No special privileges are required. See the source code for more information. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required. Documentation is included as part of the source code. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00289 Tomei Universal Engineering System Bench Test Version: November 1987 Submitted by: J. Tomei, Water Survey of Canada Operating System: RSX-11M-PLUS V3.1, VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: Virtual Software Required: FORTRAN 77 Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: The Tomei Universal Engineering System Bench Test is intended to test the major aspects of a system's architecture from the typical applications algorithms (very low level) point of view. Of necessity this is coded in FORTRAN to address the "engineering" environment. This does not preclude its use in other areas, since its design is aimed at identifying underlying capabilities and shortcomings and "attempts" to side-step FORTRAN optimizing compiler peculiarities. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0008 \\ V00288 REPORT WRITER Version: 1.1, July 1988 Submitted by: David Cohen, Security Pacific Automation Company, Los Angeles, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: DCL, VAX COBOL Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: REPORT WRITER generates a COBOL program, using as input four user-supplied files which define the report and the data file record. Handles up to eight levels of control breaks, with totals available for each level. Options include: . "At Top of Control Group" . "At Bottom of Control Group" . "At Top of Page" . "At Bottom of Report" . "New Page" (All quoted terms in this abstract have the same meaning as in DATATRIEVE). Grand totals and "At Bottom of Report" are in addition to the eight allowable control breaks. Report column positions are computed automatically, from Layout Chart created by the user, in any editor. Output program can be edited and modified, if desired. Notes: Operating System VAX/VMS V4.0 or later is required because file names are greater than nine characters in length. Changes and Improvements: Additional control breaks, error handling and bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00287 Environment: A Project Accounting Utility Version: 2.0, December 1988 Submitted by: E. Van Der Wende, Fokker Aircraft BU Operating System: MicroVMS V4.7 & V5.0, VAX/VMS V4.7 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: ENVIRONMENT is a project accounting utility which allows the user to close its current account and start with a new one without logging out and back in again. This is done by: . closing the current account. . clearing the accounting fields in memory. . changing the user process parameters collected from the SYSUAF.DAT file. These parameters include username, accountstring, privileges, UIC, device, directory and process quota's. Process identifiers are not changed currently and probably will be realized in a future release of this program. Access to projects and creating projects is done by a maintenance program (ENVMAINT) and authorize. The main advantage of this utility is improving SECURITY and FLEXIBILITY, because each user only needs his or her personal logon key to access several projects with different accounts. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or later is required because it uses $GETUAI system service. Instructions are included in module SET_QTA.MAR, "How to make Environment run under operating system VAX/VMS V5.0". Changes and Improvements: Process quotas are now being changed to their new value. Errors result in exit with valid error status. Restrictions: Process identifiers are not modified. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00286 VIEW Version: 5.4, May 1991 Submitted by: C.J. Chapman, Thorn EMI, West Sussex, England, RH10 2PZ Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 30KB Virtual Allocation Keywords: System Management - VMS Abstract: The VIEW utility is a system management tool that enables the Systems Manager to display information on system processes or user processes. VIEW is very useful for taking a snapshot look at your system to establish what images are currently executing. VIEW continuously displays the following process information using manual scroll with dynamic refresh. Use any video terminal that supports the listed keypad functions: . User Name or Process Name, Image Name, Process Id Login Time. . Uic, Process State/Type, CPU Min/Sec Base Priority Current Priority. . Working Set Size Image Activation Count, Disk I/O. . Buffered I/O Page Faults, VMS Release, CPU's. . Processes, Node Idle Time and Uptime since boot time. . Date Time Access Port Name, Directory and Image Specification. Idle time is computed using the arithmetic mean for VAX's using more than one Central Processor Unit. Terminal Keypad Functions: . Increase/Decrease Update Interval. (Up/Down.1) . Move Process Highlight Bar (Up/Down.2) . Increase/Decrease Base Priority (Left/Right) . Display Process Page (Prev/Next) . Enable/Disable Highlight Bar (Find.1) . Clear Alternate Process Buffer (Find.2) . Process User or Process Name (Select.1) . Alternate Process Buffer (Select.2) . Status Flag Display (Insert.1) . Move to Directory (Insert.2) . Delete Process (Remove) . Help Display (Help) . Clear Page (Do) . Exit (Ctrl_Y,C) Multifunction keys are identified using (.1), (.2). Release Notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Operating system VAX/VMS V5.3 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Supports VAX 6000 Series. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00285 COLOR241 Version: 1, July 1987 Submitted by: Dale Stephan, EDS, Saginaw, MI Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: PL/1 Hardware Required: VT241 terminal Keywords: Terminal Management Abstract: The VT241 color graphics terminal has the capability to display four colors simultaneously from a pallet of sixty-four. Multiple color display is common in graphic applications such as DECgraph, but for day-to-day use, the terminal is typically green foreground (or characters) on a black background. The problem comes when one's eyes are tired of green. Green is not the best color for constant viewing. The optional red/blue screen (Mono + Color) is the only other color combination selectable from the keyboard. This limited utilization of capabilities has driven the development of Color241. Color 241 unleashes the color power of the Digital Equipment Corporation terminals. Color 241 is an interactive program that stresses a user friendly access to the hidden colors in the VT241. Colors for each of the four displayable zones (fondly called foreground, background, cursor and bold) may be defined on-the-fly, from the pallet of sixty-four colors, thus allowing immediate contrast comparisons. The program provides the capability to write the color definitions to disk, thus allowing automatic setup of the desired colors on any VT241. I recommend goldenrod on black, with a turquoise cursor and red bold characters. It is recommended that the user request the help option during the first execution of the color program. The help text describes the function of the program as well as some helpful tips on using the program. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00284 Terminator Version: 1, November 1987 Submitted by: Wayne Bruzek, New Jersey Turnpike Authority, New Brunswick, NJ Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Terminator is a FORTRAN program that monitors the processes running on a VAX system, stopping those which have been idle (accruing no CPU time) for a specified amount of time. The default allowed idle time is thirty minutes, but may be modified for each user by entering the user's UIC and his allowable time in a parameter file. A log of terminated users is also kept by the program. Processes whose UIC group number is less than sixty-four will not be affected by the program. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0008 \\ V00283 Halftone Greyscale Font for the LN03 Version: October 1987 Submitted by: Earl J. Kirkland, Cornell Univ., Dept of Applied Physics, Ithaca, NY Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, MACRO-32 Hardware Required: LN03 laserprinter Abstract: GREYSC.FNT is a downline loadable halftone greyscale font in `Digital Equipment Corporation font file format' for the LN03 laserprinter. Continuous tone images with 65 different greylevels may be printed with this font. This font is based on the font given by D.E. Knuth in the TEX Users Group Newsletter, "TUGboat" (Issue: 1987, Vol. 8, No. 2, pages 135-160), and is equivalent in size to a 2pt font (300x375 greylevel pixels per 8x10 inch page area). A simple program to create new sixel encoded fonts in `Digital Equipment Corporation font file format' from a VMS-macro description and the macro source for GREYSC.FNT are also given. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00282 TREK.BAS -- Startrek Game Version: 3.0, August 1987 Submitted by: Richard Desper, U.S. Army Materials Technology Lab., Watertown, MA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: VAX BASIC Memory Required: 56KB Keywords: Games Abstract: TREK.BAS is the Startrek Game for the VT52/VT100/VT200 terminals. It is an update of DECUS No. 110421, "Seven BASIC Games", with related references DECUS No. 110633, "TREK: A Space Game for RSTS/E" and DECUS No. 110174, "STAR-TREK (SPACWR)" TREK is a variant of SPCWAR (or STRTRK) which uses the cursor features of the VT52, VT100 and VT200 terminals to defend the Federation from the Klingon invaders. The present update has been deliberately designed and tested to span a number of operating systems and terminal configurations as indicated. Direct support for the VT100/VT200 terminals (rather than shifting to their VT52 capabilities) and run-time support for either one-character or two-character Control Sequence Introducer (CSI) have been implemented. In addition, the program supports programmable time delay after screen blanking, useful when communicating via a microcomputer emulating a terminal. Notes: Provides support for either one- or two-character Control Sequence Introducer (CSI) as required by your particular terminal. For the PDP-11 version, reference DECUS No. 110421. Restrictions: Current implementation supports either a VT52, VT100, or VT200 series terminal or a microcomputer emulating a terminal. Media (Service Charge Code): Write-Up (AA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0008 \\ V00281 WCC: A C-Subset Compiler Version: 2.0 October 1987 Submitted by: Lutz Hamel, CSPI Operating System: ULTRIX V1.2A, VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C, LEX, YACC Memory Required: 2MB Keywords: Compilers Abstract: WCC is a small, experimental compiler for a functional subset of the C programming language. The current implementation of the compiler generates code for the VAX-11 computer running either the VMS or the ULTRIX operating system. The WCC compiler itself is written in C (maybe one day it will be able to compile itself). Language Summary Program Control . if (expression) statement . if (expression) statement else statement . while (expression) statement . break . continue . return Data types . char . short . int . long . float One dimensional arrays of these primitive types are allowed, pointers to these types are allowed. No complex types are implemented. All arithmetic operators are implemented except bit manipulation. Function calls are supported. Notes: Please note this tape is in VMS/BACKUP format. Changes and Improvements: Fixed bugs and implemented a wider range of pointer operations. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00279 WEVE - WONDERFUL EVE EDITOR Version: 2.0, December 1988 Submitted by: Messrs. K. Swystun & A. Baillie, Saskatoon Cancer Clinic, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada S7N OXO Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT100 or VT200 compatible terminals Keywords: Editors, EVE, TPU Abstract: WEVE (Wonderful EVE Editor) is an editor interface that has been designed to emulate and extend the EDT editor. It is based on the EVE editor which has been enhanced with several user written VAXTPU procedures. This software is intended to give current EDT users an interface emulating EDT, but also incorporating the more powerful features of VAXTPU, such as windowing; multiple buffers intimately related to specific files; spawn; and the ability to run DCL commands from within the editor. Functions have also been written to do things such as: automatic indenting; jump to previous buffer; delete buffer; clear buffer; automatic jump to file that cursor points to; show current line number; join line; begin of line only find; alternate cursor behavior option; show all buffer names; and automatic documentation template insertion. In addition to giving the EDT user immediate added functionality, it also gives him the ability to enhance or customize the editor by writing further procedures. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V.4.4 or higher is required. Changes and Improvements: Revised to run under VMS 5.0. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00278 VMAP - SCREEN MAPPING DEVELOPMENT TOOL FOR VT100 Version: 1.0, August 1987 Submitted by: Jesus Lu, California State University, Los Angeles, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX, COBOL Hardware Required: VT100 or compatible terminals Keywords: Tools - Applications Development, VT100 Routines Abstract: VMAP is an application development tool for creating on-line screens for VT100 terminals. It facilitates the development of COBOL programs for on-line displays and data entries. Version 1.0 supports field protection, video attributes, line drawings, function key supports (numeric or application mode), map tables, 80 or 132 display columns, graphic symbols, and others. Included on the distribution media are the VMAP documentation, the VMAP translator program (in COBOL), SEND and RECV utilities (in MACRO-32), and a demo map and program. The procedure for building and installing VMAP is explained on the last chapter of the VMAP documentaion. The VMAP translator program translates VMAP source statements and creates three output files: the screen map file, the symbolic input (data) file, and the symbolic map control file. These files are used in the application COBOL program by use of the COPY statements. The SEND utility displays screen maps to the terminal, sets terminal keypad modes, and displays COBOL-type descriptor strings. The RECV utility accepts characters from the terminal, deposits them into the respective fields, marks them as `entered', and returns a function code or terminator code when a keypad key was pressed. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.0 or higher is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00276 UNTAR for VAX/VMS Version: 1.0 June 1987 Submitted by: Stefan C. Hertl, Kanzlei Dr. Schaffar, Niederfladnitz, Austria Operating System: MicroVMS V4.2, VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: VAX BASIC, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: <10KB Keywords: Scheduling, System Management - RSX-11 Abstract: This is an enhanced version of the UNTAR program for VAX/VMS. Some bugs have been fixed and additional features have been added. Since operating system VAX/VMS V4 allows underlines in file names, they are no longer squeezed out. Files are copied to VMS subdirectories by default. Some tar tapes contain a very long list of files; for users who do not want to convert the whole tape, up to twenty file names can be entered for a selective extraction. Moreover, a FORTRAN program has been added to swap bytes in UNTAR's input file. This is of interest when reading tapes which have been written, for example, on 68000 based systems that use a byte order different from Digital Equipment Corporation computers. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00274 POPUP: A DCL Popup Menu Utility Version: July 1987 Submitted by: John Reece, Intel, Santa Clara, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C Keywords: DCL, Menu Control, Utilities - VMS Abstract: POPUP is a menu utility that can be installed as a foreign DCL command and used to create elegant pop-up menus in DCL procedures. User options, a menu title, and the screen coordinates are specified as DCL command line parameters and the resulting user selection is returned in a global symbol. The user selects an option from the resulting menu by either moving a lightbar with the cursor keys to a choice and pressing return, or by typing the first letter of the desired choice. Broadcast messages are trapped and displayed in a box at the bottom of the screen. POPUP uses no graphics packages other than the SMG functions in the VMS Run-Time Library. It has been tested on VT100 and VT200 series terminals, and on the PC terminal emulators PROcomm, SmarTerm 100 and SmarTerm 240. It works in 132 column mode. Release notes are distributed with each order. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00273 PAAS: Poly-Amino Acid Sequence Search Version: 1.0, July 1987 Submitted by: Judi Cleary, Standard Oil, Cleveland, OH Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: GenBank database from BBN (Bolt, Beranek and Newman, Inc.) Keywords: Scientific Applications Abstract: A computer program, called PAAS, has been developed to permit the identification of nucleotide sequences in GenBank that contain specific amino acid compositions. With this program a user can search one or more files in the GenBank database which have been processed by a separate translation/reduction program. The user may search whole sequences or fragments using a sliding window technique. This software has strong potential for identifying DNA sequences that code for proteins with unique amino acid compositions as well as evolutionary studies. Notes: Operating system VMS 4.0 or higher is required. The PAAS program and REDUCE program converts/translates GenBank database files. Assoc. Documentation: Documentation from BBN concerning their GenBank files would be useful. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00272 Extended_EVEPlus Version: July 1987 Submitted by: Rick Stacks, Ark. Dept of Pollution Control & Ecology, Little Rock, AR Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: TPU Hardware Required: VT100, VT200, or compatible terminal Keywords: Editors, Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS, EVE, TPU Abstract: Extended_EVEPlus is a collection of TPU procedures and routines that comprise a very powerful and user-customizable editor. The EVEPlus package and the TPU Spell Checker routines, both from earlier submissions, have been revised, modified, and included with the Extended_EVE routines that were prepared at ADPC&E (Arkansas Department of Pollution Control and Ecology) to make the current version of the editor. Keypad definitions (easily modified to suit the user), command files to build the editor, initialization files for standard usage, usage with the VPW package, and usage with either VT100 or VT200 including Rainbows are all included. Any installation which currently uses the update methods employed with the EVEPlus package can easily use this package and any installation which writes-their-own then compiles a new section file can easily use this package. Currently, Extended_EVEPlus contains all the features of EVEPlus as submitted by Digital Equipment Corporation (DECUS No. V00150), a Spelling Checker from the Symposium Collection from the VAX SIG, Fall 1986 tape (DECUS No. VS0061) and all procedures and routines written and implemented at ADPC&E. For further information see the .DOC, .HLP, .COM, & .TPU files included in this submission. Assoc. Documentation: VAX TPU Text Processing Manual is required and is available through Digital Equipment Corporation. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00269 FRAGMENT Version: 1.0, June 1987 Submitted by: Bob Armstrong, Algonquin College, Ontario, Canada K26 IV8 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C Memory Required: 1000 Virtual Pages Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: FRAGMENT is a tool used by system managers to measure the degree of fragmentation on a specified VAX/VMS FILES-11 disk. The utility first scans the BITMAP.SYS file on the disk to analyze the hole distribution on the disk. It prints a histogram of the hole fragment size as well as a rough distribution of where the holes are on the volume. The utility next scans the INDEXF.SYS file to determine the degree of file fragmentation on the volume. Some overall file statistics are given and a histogram of file fragmentation frequency. Also file headers of files which are fragmented above a specified threshold value are printed (in a form similar to the DUMP/HEADER format). Notes: Currently only for FILES-11 structure level 2 disks. Tested only on RA81 and SA482 disks. Requires read access to [000000]INDEXF.SYS files. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00268 VAXMAC Version: 2, May 1987 Submitted by: Randall W. Jordan, H & R Block, Kansas City, MO Operating System: MicroVMS, VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: FMS, VAX-11 BASIC Memory Required: 135 blocks Hardware Required: VT200 Terminal (recommended), VT100 (minimum) Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: VAXMAC is a 'Pulldown Menu' user interface to VMS. It operates as a menu driven 'Windowed' type interface to many common VMS Direct Command Language commands and functions. The system is a prompting system with interactive help on most commands. It offers a window directly to VMS as well as a program selector of layered products and user written applications. The application also offers a Calendar/memo database filing/prompting system, a calculator with formula translation capability, a simple 'Spreadsheet' program, a network monitor/display, an ASCII/OCTAL/HEX/BINARY lookup table/display, VAXMAIL send Screen/display, and a terminal lock/protection screen. The requirements are a recommended VT200 terminal or compatible terminal. The system will work on a VT100 (or a PC with an emulator). The source code is VAX-11 BASIC Version 2, the screens are FMS. Included are a few FMS/BASIC demonstration programs. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0008 \\ V00267 MAKE Utility For VMS Version: 1.7 Submitted by: William T. Dunn, ARGOSystems Inc. Operating System: MicroVMS Version 4.2, VAX/VMS Version 4.5 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Software Required: None for installation. VAX FORTRAN to recompile sources. Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: MAKE is a utility that automates the build portion of the program development cycle. By using a pre-defined set of file dependency rules, MAKE determines and executes only those commands necessary for rebuilding the software system. For example, if a programmer edits an INCLUDE file that is only used by 2 out of 7 source files, then only those 2 source files will be recompiled. This utility was written in response to a coworkers claims about the usefulness of MAKE on the UNIX operating system. This utility requires system privileges to install. The verb MAKE is added to the DCL command tables and a MAKE.HLP file can be added to the system HELP library. Also a users guide is included on the distribution media. Features included in this version are: . Automatic dependency rule generation. . A macro facility. . STARTUP, BATCH and FINISH directives. . IF-THEN-ELSE directives. . Ability to submit MAKE commands to the Batch Queue. Media (Service Charge Code): One RX50 Diskette (JA) Format: VAX/ANSI, 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0008 \\ V00266 NO_FRAGMENTS, SMART and XMODEM_AU Version: 1.0, April 1987 Submitted by: David Swanger, Auburn University, Auburn University, AL Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 - V4.5 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Abstract: NO_FRAGMENTS is a program that performs pseudo on-line disk compression for VAX systems operating under the VMS operating system. It will make each file in a particular directory tree contiguous if there is sufficient contiguous space available on the disk. If the chosen directory tree is the main [000000] directory, then all of the files on the disk will be restructured. SMART is a semi-intelligent program that displays all of the interactive processes on a VAX next to the Username for each process. SMART reads all of the users on the system into an array using a series of LIB & GETJPI calls, the array is sorted alphabetically by username and printed to the terminal. XMODEM_AU is a revised version of Jim Belonis' XMODEM 5.60. The user interface to the program has been rewritten. VAX to PC and PC to VAX file transfers are possible with XMODEM. Notes: XMODEM_AU is a revision of the program XMODEM by Jim Belonis. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00261 IdxTeX & GloTeX Version: 2.0, April 1987 Author: Richard L. Aurbach, Monsanto Company, St Louis, MO Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: C Software Required: LaTeX V2.09 Abstract: The GloTeX program is used to automate the generation of a glossary in a LaTeX document. It uses the .glo file generated by the \makeglossary command and one or more Glossary Definition Database Files to create a file which is \input in the document to generate the glossary. The IdxTeX program is used to automate the generation of an index in a LaTeX document. It uses the .IDX file generated by the \makeindex command to create a file which is \input in the document to generate the index. Version 2.0 improves the visual appearance of the index and adds support for page ranges, index cross references, and the generation of a master index. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00260 PCTRL: Combined Command For VMS Process Control Version: 1.0, April 1987 Submitted by: Ken A. L. Coar, General Dynamics, Data Systems Division, Creve Coeur, MO Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: BLISS-32 Memory Required: 3KB Software Required: VMS Keywords: DCL, Utilities - VMS Abstract: PCTRL provides DCL command-level access to all of the process control functions, namely the following System Services: $SUSPND, $RESUME, $SETPRI, $WAKE, $DELPRC, and $FORCEX. PCTRL is implemented as a DCL command. As such, it has a verb definition which must be added to some command table (default is the system command table, DCLTABLES.EXE). It also has online help, in the form of a module intended for insertion in a VMS help library (the default is SYS$HELP:HELPLIB.HLB). Notes: Operating system VMS V4.0 or higher required. Uses VMSINSTAL procedure and command definition utility features. Source for BLISS-32 system and private libraries are not included. Restrictions: Group or world privilege may be needed to affect some processes. Complete sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00259 MsgInc Version: 1.0 Author: Donald R. Gummow, Monsanto Co, St. Louis, MO Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: MsgInc is used to create include files from the object files produced by the VMS Message Utility. It supports C, FORTRAN and PASCAL, but you could always write a new output routine if you want to support a new language. Some of the modules included on the tape are: MsgInc.for The source code for the program. MsgInc.Table.cld The CLD file that defines the command syntax. MsgInc.KeyTable.mar The MACRO that sets up the parse tables. MsgInc.Messages.msg Message Utility source. LibForeign.mar Utility to parse foreign DCL commands. LibParse.mar Utility to do F$Parse stuff. StrLength.mar Utility to get effective length of strings. Restrictions: Noted in documentation. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00258 KILL Version: April 1987 Submitted by: Connie R. Minnick, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Software Required: VAX FMS - Forms Management System Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: This is a program designed to enable an operator or privileged user to affect another process on the system without having to look up and use the process PID. The only requirement to execute this program is that VAX FMS must be installed. FMS is used to set up a screen where the current processes will be displayed. The operator may then use the arrow keys to "scroll" through the processes and perform certain functions on the selected process. The process data information includes: USERNAME TERMINAL PROCESS NAME ACCUMULATED CPU TIME PROCESS STATE PROCESS AGE or CONNECT TIME PROCESS TYPE The functions currently implemented are: ABORT Aborts the selected process. MONITOR Monitors the selected process with SHOW PROC/CONTINUOUS. TOPCPU Displays the TOPCPU processes on the system. Other functions such as SUSPEND, RESUME and CHANGE PRIORITY can easily be built into this program as well. By default, all critical system processes will be filtered out and not displayed. This will avoid potentially aborting such processes. There are two arrays used for this purpose that should be modified for each application. One array lists the critical processes to be filtered and the other lists usernames for which you want to override the filtering procedure (i.e. users with SYSPRIV). Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00257 Performance Monitoring Tools Version: 1.0, May 1987 Submitted by: John F. Priebe, Edison State College, Piqua, OH Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: DCL, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Accounting Abstract: This submission contains performance monitoring tools used for tuning VAX systems and extensive notes on how to use the tools for tuning. Included are DCL command files to automatically run the MONITOR utility every day, produce reports from the ACCOUNTING utility, and a program written in both DCL and FORTRAN which lists the images being run by all users of the system. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00256 DM/SD/WPE/COLORS Version: November 1989 Submitted by: Dale E. Coy, IBM Corporation, Trophy Club, TX Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32, TPU, VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: DM$SD needs VT52 or ANSI-compliant or Digital Equipment Corporation terminal. WPE needs VT1XX, VT2XX, VT3XX compliant terminal. COLORS needs ReGIS compliant color terminal (VT241/VT340). Keywords: Editors, Terminal Handler, Terminal Management, EVE, TPU Abstract: This submission contains four sub-directories: . DM$SD (Directory Manager and Set Default) . WPEV5 (Word-Processing-Like Editor) for VMS V5.X . WPEV4 for VMS V4.X . COLORS (VT241/VT-340 Colors Management) DM (Directory Manager V8.0A) is a utility which allows you to more easily manage, clean up, and otherwise work with your files and directory structure. DM is particularly useful if you have large numbers of files or sub-directories and is helpful in encouraging users to clean up their directories (by making it easy to do so). It is invaluable for sorting through the DECUS SIG tapes after they have been loaded. DM displays the files in your current directory (or your directory tree). With one or two keystrokes you can do most major DCL commands: delete, copy, purge, print, edit, view, rename, etc. The keystrokes are ALL-IN-1 like. Your favorite editor may be used from DM. The SMG$ interface is used for terminal independence and efficiency. Full on-line help and extensive documentation are provided. SD (Set Default V5.0A) is a utility which shortens the commands for SET DEFAULT and SHOW DEFAULT and expands the capabilities of the SET DEFAULT command. In addition to less typing, SD provides convenient movement between directories, a "stack" of 20 directories, an interactive display of your directory tree, and much more. SD is implemented in FORTRAN for speed, and uses the SMG$ screen interface. Full on-line help and extensive documentation are provided. WPE V5.2 (Word-Processing-Like Editor V5.2) is almost a full implementation of WPS-PLUS (TM) for editing ASCII files. WPE is an extremely powerful text editor. In addition to full-feature editing, searching, replacing, etc., WPE provides two-window editing, the most useful features of EVEPlus, and several other extensions. Included are some Language Sensitive features for editing .COM files. A "read-only" option, called MORE, is an outstanding replacement for the TYPE command. It's easy to "get started" with WPE, but a large set of advanced features are available to the curious user. Full on-line help and extensive documentation are provided. An additional advantage of WPE is that the user who uses WPS-PLUS has essentially the same keyboard interface to WPE (avoids having to remember several editors). Features include: . All of WPS-PLUS that is reasonable (full function editing). . Two-window editing. . Multiple files. . Bookmarks. . Insert and examine special characters. . Print files with special characters. . Correct files by removing CR/LF. . Automatic tailoring for .COM, .HLP, .FOR, and .TPU files. . Read-only interface (called MORE). . Available EDT keypad. . Can be used as a MAIL editor. WPE is written in VAXTPU and built on EVE, so it's inherently extendable. DM,SD, and WPE work well together, or separately. COLORS (Colors Management V5.1) is a suite of programs for managing and setting "default" colors for ReGIS color terminals. Having a VT241, VT-340 (or other color ReGIS terminal) is much more fun if you use color combinations other than red, blue, green. These programs make it easy for the user to control his/her terminal colors. A side effect is the provision of a "system default" set of pleasant colors. . CO Gets any user some set of colors. . OCO Used if terminal is garbaged - fixes terminal and restores colors. . NCO Gets a new set of random, contrasting colors. . CCO Gets a new set of random, complementary ("artsy") colors. . SCO Gets a new set of random, similar (soft) colors. . PCO Lists 64 choices and lets the user pick a color. . XCO An interactive/visual user chooser. . ZCO Saves the current color map for future recall. These programs are lots of fun (if you have a VT-241 or VT-340 terminal), and the PCO and XCO programs have a nice user interface. The submitter welcomes comments, suggestions, etc. Bug fix requests will also be considered by the submitter. Notes: If operating system VAX/VMS V4.4 or less is used, a FORTRAN Compiler is required after modifying the source code of DM and SD. Full documentation is provided for all of the programs, in .TXT, .WPL (for WPS PLUS), and .LN03 (very fancy) forms. Two memory cartridges are required to print the .LN03 files. Operating System VAX/VMS V5 through V5.2 is required for WPE V5.2, it will not work with VMS V4.X. Changes and Improvements: WPE - modified to work with TPU V2.2 (VAX/VMS V5.2), as well as previous versions (VAX/VMS V5.X). Takes advantage of new TPU/EVE features when available. Code improvements, bug fixes, and improved functions. Added function to translate between EBCDIC and ASCII. Added features in Print, Get_file and Include_file. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00255 JMU Utilities Version: 1.4, May 1987 Submitted by: Michael O'Neill, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Software Required: FMS Keywords: Bulletin Board, Calculators, Mail, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This submission consists of three utility programs in use at James Madison University. They consist of an FMS based Bulletin Board System, an FMS based calculator program that uses the VT keypad, and a checkmail utility that allows you to check to see if someone has read a mail message that you sent to them. We are currently running these programs on a cluster consisting of an 8650, 11/785, and 11/780 with common sysuaf, netuaf, and VMSmail files. The bulletin board system is a graphics based menu driven bulletin board that utilizes the cursor keys and return key for command selection. It features online help, multiple categories, tracking of unread notices, internal access to mail and the EDT editor, automatic identification of notice owners, and automatic notice expiration. The calculator program utilizes the VT keypad to provide a four function calculator with memory. It requires FMS to operate. The mailcheck program allows a user to check to see if someone has read a mail message that they had sent. It lists notice dates and subjects for all unread notices sent from the person running the program to the person being inquired about. This version also supports a cluster environment with common sysuaf and VMSmail files. Notes: Operating system VMS Version 4.0 or later required. Changes and Improvements: Several bug fixes and removal of some site specific code. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00254 Super EDT Emulator Version: 4.3, April 1987 Author: Roger Fraser Submitted by: Gerald Marsh, Plessey Defence Systems, Christchurch, Dorset, England BH23 4JE Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: TPU Hardware Required: VT type terminal Keywords: Editors, EVE, TPU Abstract: This submission consists of TPU source for a super duper EDT emulator. It was written for use by the Technical Support Group, but soon found its way around the user community. It was written to give the EDT emulator some of EVE's clever bits, so that we would not have to learn a new editor at our late stage in life! There are a few other goodies like on-the-fly justification and pagination. This is useful when RUNOFF seems too involved for simple memos. To obtain the TPU section from the source, follow the instructions at the top of the source file. To find out the additional features type (GOLD), then "H" after invoking. [PDSTPU] contains the TPU source which contains instructions on customizing. Notes: Operating system VMS V4.2 or higher is required. Restrictions: Should be 8192 to spawn subprocesses. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00253 DISK_MANAGER Version: April 1987 Submitted by: Bob Reardon, Schlumberger Well Services, Houston, TX Operating System: MicroVMS V4.4, VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 2MB Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: DISK_MANAGER gathers useful disk statistics quickly and easily and presents them in a convenient format. It enables the system manager to answer such questions as: . Which directories use the most blocks? . Of the blocks in use, how many have not been accessed in a given number of days? . How many blocks are being used by certain types of files, such as .TMP, .MAI etc.? . How many files have extended headers? . How many blocks could be made available by archiving all files that haven't been used in forty (or any other number of) days? . How many blocks could be saved by allowing only a certain number of versions of any file? An optional output file can be produced that is convenient for post-processing by a user-written program. Such a program is included as an example. It produces summary statistics for all accessible disks. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00251 FRAGMENT Version: February 1987 Submitted by: Susan Gorham, Atlas Specialty Steels, Welland, Ontario, Canada L3B 5R7 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: DCL Keywords: File Management Abstract: This utility is a very handy tool to aid in analyzing the effectiveness of your RMS file characteristics. A batch control file is included to automate the procedure by resubmitting itself at monthly intervals. An entire disk is scanned for all files over 1000 blocks (excluding .exe's) and the headers of these files are examined. Adjustments to this selection criteria can be easily made. A report is produced showing by file, the current file allocation, size of first file extent (which will usually indicate size at last compression for permanent files), the files organization (seq, idx), CBT (if contiguous_best_try is set), the files extension quantity and the number of headers and extents currently in use. After comparing monthly reports, you can track the files growth and effectiveness and base file tuning on this data. Notes: Installation instructions included. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00250 UCAMS: Universal Cross-Assembler for Microprocessors Version: February 1987 Author: J. M. Weis Submitted by: W. H. Burkhardt, Univ. Stuttgart/Inst. fur Informatik, D-7000 Stuttgart 1, West Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.7 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 1MB Software Required: PASCAL for modifications Keywords: Motorola Abstract: This system serves as a universal cross-assembler especially for microprocessors. This cross-assembler is created by the command file UCAMS.COM. The source programs and guidelines for the construction of the system can be found in the documentation. DEFASSEMB.EXE;1 Programs for translating the description of the set of codes in internal form and storage in a file. ASSEMBLER.EXE;1 Cross-Assembler. NEWASSEMB.EXE;1 2-Pass version of the Cross-Assembler (faster than ASSEMBLER, but without optimization and restrictions with forward references). Instruction set descriptions for several processors; (are available to the Assembler in the library). I8008.;3 Intel 8008 I8080.;3 Intel 8080 IM6100.;3 Intersil 6100 M6800.;3 Motorola 6800 M68000.;4 Motorola 68000 PIP2650.;3 Signetics PIP 2650 SCMP.;3 National SC/MP Z8000.;3 Zilog 8000 Notes: Documentation is in German. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00248 SIM: A Simulator for the M68010 Version: February 1987 Submitted by: Walter H. Burkhardt, Univ. Stuttgart/Inst. fur Informatik, D-7000 Stuttgart 1, West Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.7 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 1MB Software Required: PASCAL in case of modifications. Keywords: Motorola Abstract: This system simulates the Motorola M68010 microprocessor. The program to be simulated has to appear in the S100 format, as given in the system UCAMS (a universal microprocessor cross-assembler; the needed portions are included here). The execution of the simulation can be controlled and the contents of the memory cells and the registers can be manipulated interactively or by a command-file. The programs are written in PASCAL and the complete documentation is given in German. There are several explained examples in the documentation. The chapter "BENUTZERANLEITUNG" in the documentation gives a guide to the usage of the system. Notes: Complete documentation is given in German. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00247 LEFTWILD.COM Version: March 1987 Submitted by: Allan J. Mui, Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, New York, NY Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: DCL Keywords: DCL Abstract: In VAX/VMS DCL, the use of partial wild cards in output file specifications is not supported, e.g., you cannot issue the command "$" rename *1.dat *2.dat". In certain cases such usage of wild cards would be ambiguous. In the case given above, however, there is no ambiguity. This command file was written to allow the above and similar commands to be issued by passing the verb and its arguments as parameters to the command file. Other types of wild card constructions could be similarly allowed with similar command files. In this way the syntax of DCL can be extended. Notes: Only the asterisk wild card is permitted in file names passed to this command file. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00246 Menu Utility Version: January 1987 Submitted by: Messrs. G. Addelton & B. LeBlanc, Level 2, Comp. Ctr., Flinders Med. Ctr., Bedford Park, South Australia 5042 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4, 4.5 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: Variable Software Required: SMG$ calls (in VMS) from VMS version 4.4 or later. Keywords: Menu Control Abstract: The Menu Utility allows rapid & flexible construction of menus for a variety of uses. It has been designed to be fast in execution and flexible and friendly for users and developers. Features are: . Flexible choice selection. . Comprehensive customizable help at two levels. . Simple menus. . Powerful choice usage. . Operations control. . Neat menus - traps any broadcast messages and displays them on line 24 of the terminal. . Menu will return by default to last menu from which a selection was made. . Optional logical controlling single screen help heading. . Optional logical determining behavior when an error is hit with subprocesses. . Optional symbol determining starting menu for initial presentation to user. . Terminal independent screen work using SMG screen routines. . Very fast execution. . Flexibility in choice presentation. Notes: Operating System VMS V4.4 or later is required. New SMG$ calls which come with VMS 4.4 are used. Source for the program is provided, but some subroutines called are provided only in the object library. Sources to these may be provided upon request. Complete sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00243 VAX - RMD Version: 2, November 1987 Submitted by: Wayne Bruzek, N.J. Turnpike Authority, New Brunswick, NJ Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: VAX - RMD is a pacifier for the ex-RSX user who misses the "real-thing". Though it doesn't look quite the same and doesn't have the various screens of the old RMD, it does provide quite a bit of useful information, such as: . Current Node Name. . Current time. . Percent of the Page File that is available. . Percent of the Swap File that is available. . Amount of free space on each disk drive specified. . PID, Username and Imagename of each active image. The fields are updated continuously and the display can be somewhat tailored by way of a user created parameter file. Changes and Improvements: Displays 90 rather than 54 users, switches to wide screen, several bugs fixed. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0007 \\ V00241 MAKE Version: V1, February 1987 Submitted by: Dat H. Do, Oakley Sutton Management Corp., Newport Beach, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: DCL Keywords: DCL, Utilities - VMS Abstract: MAKE is a program that rebuilds the code for modified source files automatically with little effort from the programmers. MAKE saves time in the compile, link and run steps of the program development cycle. Furthermore, MAKE automatically replaces any modified CDD records, (TDMS) form records, requests, libraries, define logicals, set default, run programs. It can execute any DCL command. Another especially helpful feature applies to old programs written by someone else years ago. We don't have to know what modules and how they depend on each other. MAKE always remembers. Therefore, programmers can pass their codes to others easily. We must create a file to tell MAKE about "What", "When" and "How" to rebuild our modules. We only have to tell MAKE what to do once and it'll never forget! Whenever we modify any source files, enter the word MAKE. That's all we have to type to rebuild object modules and new program. MAKE will read all rules and decide what it must do and does it. Since it only acts on modified modules, it saves lots of computer time. Release Notes are distributed with each order. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MS) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00238 VMS Disassemblers Package Version: 3, September 1988 Author: Claus Calle, Andy Pavlin and others Operating System: MicroVMS, VAX/VMS Source Language: C, MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Disassemblers Abstract: Two VMS disassemblers capable of creating MACRO-32 sources from VMS native mode images are presented. All sources and brief documents are present, and one contains compiled executable code so that it can be used by sites without FORTRAN. The disassembler so presented is capable of disassembling user mode images, drivers and other system images reasonably intelligently, but there are areas in which it is incomplete, notably not having all possible RMS control block types recognized separately. Changes and Improvements: Works with VMS V5. Many more system call parameters decomposed and symbols recognized. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00237 Portable Optical Disk Subroutine Package Version: V1.0, February 1987 Submitted by: J. Dennis Scarbrough, Perceptics Corp., Knoxville, TN Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C Memory Required: Varies with application Software Required: C Compiler Hardware Required: Optical Disk and Controller, Optical Platters in WORMS-11 format. Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: Portable LaserWare is a group of C Language subroutines designed to allow read only access to optical disks written in the WORMS-11 format. Examples of such systems are optical disk subsystems from Emulex, TECEX, Perceptics and C. Itoh. Two example programs (od_dir and od_type) using the routines are included. Although these routines were developed and tested under VMS, they were designed to make porting to other operating systems relatively simple. The essential requirements for porting being modification of two basic routines (od_mnt and od_read) and the availability of operations analogous to the VMS mount/foreign and QIO functions on the target system. Notes: Should be easy to port to other operating systems. Restrictions: VAX/VMS version 4.0 or later is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0007 \\ V00235 CAYENNE Version: 2G.6, January 1986 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, through Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS Version 4.4 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, MACRO-32 Memory Required: Normal config. - more is faster. Keywords: Circuit Simulation Abstract: CAYENNE is a parallel version of Berkeley SPICE 2G.6, DECUS No. V00216. It utilizes the PlibV2 parallel library routines. The purpose of CAYENNE is to run a parallel version of SPICE 2G.6 on any VAX/VMS multi-processor, which at this time includes the VAX 8300 and the VAX 8800. CAYENNE will also run on a single processor VAX. A set of routines which embeds the parallelization methodology used for CAYENNE and greatly facilitates parallel program development is given in the file CAYEN.FOR. This file along with the files PLIBFOR.FOR and PLIBMAC.MAR form the library of routines developed for the CAYENNE methodology. Two SPICE input files are also in the directory: BJTADDER.SPI and MOSADDER.SPI. Outputs for these input files are: BJTADDERBST.SPO and MOSADDERBST.SPO. These files will verify the CAYENNE application. Benchmarking this application on a VAX 8300 MP has yielded performance results from 1.5 to over 1.8 times the single stream version of SPICE. Results will vary due to the size of the data sets. Larger SPICE 2G.6 data sets will tend to yield greater performance; hence greater throughout. Several command procedures have been included for ease of use. CAYENNE may be run in single stream or as a parallel application by specifying the number of subprocesses desired. The specification of zero subprocesses, at start up, would yield a single stream execution of CAYENNE, while a specification of two subprocesses would be ideal to run CAYENNE in parallel across two processors. Notes: Two input (demo) files are included as mentioned in the read_me.first file. This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California- Berkeley. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MC) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00234 FED Version: 6.0, July 1991 Author: Ronald L. Williams, Tybrin Corporation, 1283 N. Eglin Parkway, Shalimar, FL 32579 Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3-1 Source Language: TPU, VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT200 Series Terminal Keywords: Editors, EVE, TPU Abstract: FED is an editor designed to make the life of a FORTRAN programmer a lot easier. It is designed for fast coding and simplification of the edit-compile-link-run sequence. All FED features are designed specifically with the needs of a FORTRAN programmer in mind. Features standouts are the use of segment files for often used code, split-screen compile checking, and support for the entire compile-link-run sequence from inside the editor. Additional features include column move and column copy ability, an HP-style calculator accessible from inside of FED, a binary, octal, decimal, hex converter, an ASCII chart, and auto-indent and comment modes. A DCL command mode is also included to allow easier creation of command files. An auto-restart feature has been added to allow you to pickup where you left off with all internal setting saved. A rudimentary code management system is included for those without CMS or another code management product. The segment file feature of FED allows you to define often used strings of code or text to be placed in your file on demand. The strings can include returns making it possible to construct IF blocks and DO loops with two keystrokes. There are ninety-four possible segments thereby allowing a wide variety of text fragments to be included. The split screen compile checking features of FED allow you to check your current buffer for errors and see those errors in the context of your original file and as the FORTRAN compiler found them. The compile-link-run sequence is the most time consuming sequence in code development. FED attempts to make this sequence easier by creating this ability inside the editor. Since the current buffer may not always be the main program module FED defines commands to allow modification of the generic sequence. With these commands it is possible to work on any module of a program and still use the FED RUN command to invoke the main program. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V5.3 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. DECwindows not supported. Changes and Improvements: Many new and improved features. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EC), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0007 \\ V00233 Computer Modern Font Files and Build Procedures Version: October 1986 Author: John Sauter Operating System: VAX/VMS V4+ Source Language: DCL Software Required: METAFONT Hardware Required: Digital Equipment Corporation LN03 Laser Printer Keywords: Interface Routines, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This is a collection of computer font files as well as the VMS command procedures which build them for use on a Digital Equipment Corporation LN03 laser printer using METAFONT device dependent parameters. There are seventy-five standard fonts in the standard seven magnifications, Computer Modern Symbols in twelve-point and Computer Modern Sans Serif. The collection includes the alternative parameter files and the resulting .TFM and pixel files for the Digital Equipment Corporation LN03. Release Notes are distributed with each order. Restrictions: Requires two and one-half days CPU time on VAX-11/785 to build files. However, all files have been included. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PC) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00232 CODER Version: V1.0, July 1986 Submitted by: Ed Mills, Harris Semiconductor, Melbourne, FL Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 9 blocks required for source Software Required: PASCAL compiler and linker Keywords: File Management, Security Abstract: CODER is a VAX PASCAL program which encrypts and decrypts text files. The program transforms the text file into a non-readable format based on a key entered by the user. It is interactive and offers error recovery. Release Notes are distributed with each order. Restrictions: Special care must be taken to avoid encryption of files which are not TEXT files or with line-lengths longer than 132 characters. Also, the user must ensure that he/she knows the key in order to decrypt the file. The user should read all Release Notes prior to using the software. Documentation not available. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00229 REGTRDG: ReGIS Translator for DECgraph Version: V1.0, October 1986 Submitted by: Massimo Boano, I. 10125, Torino, Italy Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: C, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 120KB Software Required: HP-ISPP and/or DEC/GKS Hardware Required: LVP-16 or equivalent Keywords: ReGIS Abstract: This program translates the ReGIS output of VAX-11/DECgraph into either standard GKS primitives or HP-ISPP commands thus permitting DECgraph to communicate either with GKS workstations or with the Digital Equipment Corporation plotter LVP-16 (equivalent to HP-7475A or HP-7550A). Since the HP-7550A can be configured as a GKS workstation, the output flow can pass through GKS to this plotter, yielding greater precision but at the expense of longer execution times. Use of this program requires the presence of the HP-ISPP library or the DEC/GKS system. This program has been realized at 'CENTRO RICERCHE FIAT (CED)', Orbassano (Torino), Italy. ReGIS code is processed by a bottom-up parser, implemented using the LEX and YACC tools in the standard manner using the C language. (For information about LEX and YACC, see the user's manual). A virtual screen, conceived as a bidimensional array, is implemented to simulate the generation of the graphic result at a logical level. The program is distributed as a principal directory and the subdirectories: GKS.DIR, HP.DIR and EXAMPLES.DIR. Restrictions: Tested for DECgraph, not for DECslide. (Treats only ReGIS primitives used by DECgraph.) Only executable versions of LEX and YACC are included. Complete sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00228 Directory SCAN Version: 1.8, September 1988 Submitted by: David Spencer, Spencer Associates, Orangevale, CA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.4, VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: VAXTPU Hardware Required: Video terminal supported by TPU Keywords: Editors, File Management, Utilities - VMS, TPU Abstract: SCAN is a directory management tool written entirely in the new VAXTPU language distributed with VMS and MicroVMS beginning with version 4.2 of the operating system. SCAN allows the user to display a file directory on the screen in an editing window. The user may use the arrow and other cursor movement keys to move the cursor to a specific file of interest. Other editing keys are available to take that file and type it to the screen, edit it, copy it, rename it, print it, delete it, run it, get a full directory listing, submit it to the batch queue, execute it as a DCL command procedure, enter that file as a subdirectory, and so forth. More directory management keys available to select a new directory (and/or wildcard filename specification) to view, spawn a DCL subprocess, search for a string in the directory buffer, return to the last directory specified, enter and execute a TPU command, and so on. SCAN is so useful for managing and cleaning up directories, that some users start it at the beginning of the day and never leave. Full help is provided with SCAN and is integrated with the standard VMS help utility so help is available on SCAN outside of SCAN. This program existed prior to Digital Equipment Corporation's SCAN. However, since the time that Digital Equipment Corporation created their product, my SCAN has been renamed on VMS to Directory SCAN. This is no conflict on systems with Digital Equipment Corporation's SCAN and Directory SCAN. This package is designed for easy installation with the standard VMSINSTAL utility and includes complete installation and user documentation. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Operating system VMS V4.4 or later is required because TPU features of VMS V4.4 are used. Changes and Improvements: Single key commands, multiple directory windows, 80/132 column display, directory placemarker added, VMSINSTAL installation, user documentation and reference guide added. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00224 FPaint: A FORTRAN Data Entry Manager Version: 4.10, October 1988 Submitted by: Messrs. J. Sinclair & M. Geib, Inland Steel Research Labs, East Chicago, IN Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6, V4.7 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Hardware Required: ANSI Terminal Keywords: FORTRAN, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: FPaint permits a programmer to interactively design a data entry screen for use in a FORTRAN application. This provides an easy way to generate complex screen entry applications and maintains a standard user and program interface across applications. Support for integer*2, real, character, date and label type fields is included along with display attribute control, range checking, data validation and help text. The programmer has complete control over the runtime screen dynamics. Changes and Improvements: SMG support. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EC), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00222 EXPERT: An Experimental Learning Expertsystem Version: October 1986 Author: B. Koeder Submitted by: Walter H. Burkhardt, Univ. Stuttgart/Inst. fur Informatik, D-7000 Stuttgart 1, West Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.7 and greater Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 500KB Software Required: PASCAL (for modifications). Keywords: Artificial Intelligence Abstract: EXPERT is an experimental learning expertsystem. It derives new knowledge from known information. The information is given in examples. By their analysis, the user is asked some questions. The program draws conclusions from these within a knowledge area. The tape contains several examples that are explained in the documentation. The program is written in PASCAL, instead of one of the exotic KI-languages. It runs very fast; therefore, it can easily be modified. Notes: Documentation on tape is in German. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00217 DECnet Conversational Objects Version: V.1.2, September 1986 Submitted by: James J. Belonis II, University of Washington, Seattle, WA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: DCL, VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: 4KB Software Required: DECnet Hardware Required: Any DECnet connection between multiple VAXEN. Keywords: Networking Abstract: ATNODE is a DECnet conversational program. It allows you to send arbitrary DCL commands with qualifiers and parameters to another DECnet node and observe the displayed result as if you were logged into the remote node. Built on top of this are NETPRINT and NETSUBMIT which send print and batch jobs to another DECnet node with arbitrary qualifiers, positional qualifiers and multiple filenames. Notes: ATNODE is made `conversational' so arbitrary DCL commands with qualifiers and parameters can be executed at remote DECnet nodes. Restrictions: Cannot execute many DECnet related commands at the remote node, such as Mail, Reply, Phone. Cannot run interactive programs at the remote node such as editors. The ATNODE program may hang if attempted. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00216 SPICE2 Version: G.6, May 1983 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, through Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: FORTRAN IV, VAX MACRO Memory Required: 1.5MB Software Required: FORTRAN IV Compiler Keywords: Circuit Simulation Abstract: SPICE2 is a general-purpose circuit simulation program for nonlinear dc, nonlinear transient, and linear ac analyses. Circuits may contain resistors, capacitors, inductors, mutual inductors, independent voltage and current sources, four types of dependent sources, transmission lines and the four most common semiconductor devices: diodes, BJTS, JFETS and MOSFETS. Notes: Due to popular customer request, the DECUS Program Library has decided to make this older version of the SPICE package available once again. The latest revised version of SPICE is called SPICE3 and is available as DECUS No. V00006. Please note SPICE2 needs the FORTRAN IV compiler and SPICE3 needs the C compiler for compilation. This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California-Berkeley. For a description of the ULTRIX tape, see DECUS No. U00109. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00214 NEWS Version: 5.1, March 1988 Submitted by: Geoff Huston, Australian National University, Canberra City, A.C.T. Australia Operating System: MicroVMS V4.6, VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: C Keywords: Bulletin Board Abstract: NEWS is a software product which manages user, system and network news items. The news items are a set of text files which have been posted on the system for general public view. NEWS complies with the USENET Standard for Interchange of Messages, Request For Comment (RFC) 1036. The program includes network management (for inclusion of a VAX node into the USENET NEWS network), local news data management and screen-based user presentation modules. The release also includes a DECNET implementation of the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP), as defined in RFC 977, allowing server/client configurations of NEWS. The program supports similar functionality to that of the rnews (b2.11) and related USENET news readers as well as Digital Equipment Corporation's VAXNOTES. Changes and Improvements: Compiles with Usenet RFC 1036. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00212 PLOT_IT and SPELL: Interactive Dictionary Version: 2, June 1987 Submitted by: Dr. D. W. Burgess, RAF Institute of Aviation Medicine, Farnborough, Hants, England GU14 652 Operating System: MicroVMS V4.5 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: Peak 450 pages; average 120 pages for SPELL Software Required: FORTRAN for SPELL, GKS V3 for PLOT_IT Hardware Required: VT100 type terminal for SPELL, VAXstation or Graphics Terminal supported by GKS for PLOT_IT. Keywords: Graphics, Plotting, Spell Abstract: PLOT_IT is a graph plotting utility using GKS to produce in an interactive mode a graph suitable for publication from a known set of data. Full annotation can be added in a variety of text styles and sizes to produce the finished graph, or this annotation can be added later with a second program PRINT_IT for later overlay on the plotted data. Present program has interfaces for AnalytiCalc (DECUS No. VS0024), text files, and direct terminal input. With the package is a complete set of examples, together with instructions to modify the program for different hardcopy plotters. This program can be used with any supported GKS device for hardcopy and has been tested with both VAXstations and VT240 terminals for interactive display. Full high resolution functions are only supported on the VAXstation. SPELL is an interactive dictionary used either to find the spelling of a word from limited initial characters or to check a document for spelling errors. Words can be added by the users with password protection to expand the dictionary in specific directions. The present edition contains over 10,000 English words, but as the program is totally user adjustable, the dictionary can be in any language within a word limit of 15 ASCII characters to a maximum of 70,000 words. Notes: PLOT_IT tested on VAXstation II/GPX and VT241. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00211 EDTPlus Version: 2.1, June 1989 Submitted by: M. Edward Nieland Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.1-1 Source Language: TPU Keywords: Editors, TPU Abstract: EDTPlus is a VAXTPU emulation of EDT with many special added features that increases the productivity of the user once the user becomes familiar with the editor commands. The user can become acquainted with these special functions and how to use them in the span of a couple of hours. EDTPlus was designed such that common commands and special added features are easy to use and follow a set pattern. Such keys include GOLD X for exit, GOLD Q for quit and GOLD W for multi-window. Special features include: . Multi-windowing . User-definable, expandable tabs . Insert or overstrike mode . Pagination . Online help by key reference . Global replace with optional query . Key definition by keystroke . Access to HELP from within editor . Able to spawn commands from within editor . Column (rectangular) cut and paste Another of the special features of EDTPlus is the ability to read in user initialization files from both the login directory and the default directory. Users who wish to use this feature should look at the example file provided, ACCOUNT_EDTPINI.TPU and EDTP initializaton under the EDTPlus HELP (GOLD PF2). This emulation is based upon and by the same author of the EDTPlus program as published in The DEC Professional, June 1986, (volume 5, number 6, pages 115-125). This emulation contains most of the features discussed in the article along with many new features. Changes and Improvements: Updated to work properly under VAX/VMS V5.X and now makes use of large page terminals that TPU can support. Restrictions: Operating system VMS V4.2 or greater is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00210 PORT LOCATOR Version: V1.0, September 1986 Submitted by: Joe Roundy, Norden Systems, Gaithersburg, MD Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN Keywords: Terminal Management Abstract: PORT LOCATOR is a utility that uses QIO's to send an ASCII CHAR(5) to all the ports on the system. This returns the ANSWER_BACK message from each terminal hooked up to the ports, if one is set. The program does not interrupt interactive users if executed with the right privileges. The program reports the ANSWER_BACK message or a DEVICE ALLOCATED message if the port is in use, or DEVICE NOT POWERED UP, if the device is not on. The output can be to the terminal or a file specified by the OUTPUT qualifier. It can call all ports specified in the file assigned to the logical PORTS$INPUT or one specified port at a time. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00208 IMAGE Version: V04-05C, March 1987 Submitted by: C. J. Chapman, Philips Defence Systems, Crawley, Sussex, England RH10 2PZ Operating System: MicroVMS V4.4, VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: DCL, FORTRAN 77, MACRO-32 Memory Required: 14.8KB virtual allocation Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The IMAGE utility is a system management tool that enables the Systems Manager to obtain information on system processes or user processes. IMAGE is very useful for taking a snapshot look at your system to establish what images are currently executing. IMAGE executes on both hardcopy (Digital Equipment Corporation's LA series) and video terminals (Digital Equipment Corporation's VT series ansi escape mode) continuously displaying the following data: . User_name, process_id, uic, process state and type. . Base priority, current priority, CPU min/sec (day/hr). . Disc i/o, page faults, system/user image executing. . Balance set, node, date, time. Additional functions include: . System image monitoring. . User image monitoring using batch and detached processes with data recording and replay capability. Release Notes are included with this utility together with the necessary files to relink between minor releases of VAX/VMS. Future releases will follow. Notes: Operating system VMS V4.0 or later required. Changes and Improvements: Documented in Release Notes. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00206 FRAG: A Utility to Display VAX/VMS Disk Fragmentation Version: V1.0X, September 1986 Submitted by: Ya'akov N. Miles, TRIUMF, Vancouver, B. C., Canada V6T 2A3 Operating System: MicroVMS, VAX/VMS V4.1, 4.2, 4.3 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 1000 (virtual) pages Software Required: VAX/VMS Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: FRAG is a tool which measures the degree of fragmentation on the specified VAX/VMS FILES-11 disk, and prints the result in a manner similar to that printed by the RSX-11M utility PIP. This is done by scanning the file [0,0]BITMAP.SYS to find the largest contiguous area of free space, and then by scanning [0,0]INDEXF.SYS to find the maximum number of file headers and the number of file headers that are actually in use. The disk being investigated must be a FILES-11 structure level 2 volume. Restrictions: Disk must have FILES-11 V2 on it. This program requires READ (only) access to [0,0]BITMAP.SYS and [0,0]INDEXF.SYS. It is safe to install this program with SYSPRV privilege. Media (Service Charge Code): Source Listing (BA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00205 DISK_USE Version: V1.0, Septemer 1986 Submitted by: D. P. Schumacher, TRIUMF, Vancouver, B. C., Canada V6T 2A3 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: 850KB Keywords: System Accounting - VMS, Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: DISK_USE is a program which can be used to obtain a snapshot of usage on a disk which has diskquotas enabled. Information presented are the combined permanent and overdraft quotas with percentages and blocks used with percentages in two types of reports: a summary report which gives the information for each group and a detailed report which gives the information for each member of each group. The detailed report includes information from the active SYSUAF.DAT -- duplicate UICs and disabled accounts are flagged. Commands for report selection are: SUMMARY Generate a summary report DETAIL Generate a detailed report for all groups GROUP = n Generate a detailed report for group n SUM,DET Generate a summary and detailed report for all groups Restrictions: READ access to [0,0]QUOTA.SYS and SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.DAT. Disk quotas must be enabled on the disk for which disk usage is required. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0006 \\ V00204 Temporary Allocation of Disk Space Version: 4.0, January 1989 Submitted by: Jean Paul Lemaire, ITODYS, 75005 Paris, France Operating System: MicroVMS V5.0-1, VAX/VMS V5.0-2 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 3MB Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: This system allows a user in batch or interactive mode to acquire disk space by means of directory creation and allocation of disk quotas under his UIC on a particular disk. This allocation is granted only if there is enough free space on the disk. The free space can be known by the DCL command QTMP. The allocation is done by the DCL command GETTMP/BLOCK=n where n is the number of required blocks. The default directory contained in SYSUAF is used to create the temporary directory on a common root defined by the system logical name SYS$TMP. The temporary quotas, the directory and the created files are deleted at the end of the process or on request of the user by the DCL command RELTMP. The previous DCL commands set the DCL symbol $STATUS and the symbol QUOTA$TMP which contains the number of blocks allocated or the number of free blocks. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Operating System VMS uses system parameters USERD1, USERD2. Changes and Improvements: Modifications for VMS V5.0. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00202 INACTIVE ACCOUNTS Version: V1.0, February 1986 Submitted by: D. P. Schumacher, TRIUMF, Vancouver, B.C., Canada V6T 2A3 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Memory Required: 3400 Bytes Keywords: System Accounting - VMS Abstract: The INACTIVE ACCOUNTS program uses as input a copy of SYSUAF.DAT and a comment file which is sorted by username. The comment file is used to keep information on current accounts or historical information on old accounts. Three types of records are written to the results file: . Selected sysuaf records. . Comment records without corresponding sysuaf records as a reminder to the user on the contents of the comment file. . Merged sysuaf and corresponding comment records. The selection of sysuaf records is based upon: . The sysuaf record has a corresponding comment record. . The record has the disuser flag set. . The difference between the current date and the latest of the interactive and non-interactive login dates is greater or equal to the number of inactive days allowed before disabling or deleting an account. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0005 \\ V00201 TYPE_PLUS Version: V1.00, August 1986 Submitted by: Kirk R. Stauffer Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: C Memory Required: 31KB Hardware Required: VT220 Terminal Keywords: Utilities - VMS Abstract: The TYPE_PLUS utility allows a user to examine a file on a VT220 (or compatible) terminal, beginning at a particular line, and then scroll forward or backward through it. Scrolling can be set to smooth or jump, and the number of columns displayed can be set to 80 or 132. Lines 1 - 22 of the terminal are dedicated as a window into the file. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00198 ADADL - Ada-based Design and Documentation Language Version: V3.2.1, August 1986 Submitted by: Thomas S. Radi, Ph.D., Software Systems Design, Claremont, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.X Source Language: C Memory Required: 512K Keywords: Programming Languages Abstract: ADADL is an Ada-based Program Design Language. The ADADL processor analyzes Ada programs (both executable Ada code and PDL pseudo-code) in order to produce documentation which describes the design at any stage of development. The ADADL processor consists of over 25 software tools which produce such reports as: . Pretty-print design and source code . Program unit invocation tree . Type cross reference report . Object cross reference report . Generic instantiation report . Data dictionary . Areas of the design which are To Be Defined (TBD) Up to ten additional user-defined project management reports can be used to identify such items as: . Requirements traceability to the program units . Identification of areas which have been revised . Responsible designers, etc. The cycllomatic complexity of both the pseudo-code design and the executable Ada code is analyzed and reported for each program unit. The designer does not need to have access to an Ada compiler to use ADADL or the ADADL processor. However, designs expressed in ADADL are fully compilable using any Ada compiler. Release Notes are distributed with each order. Notes: This is a demonstration copy of a commercially available product. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (ED), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00197 PLOT-10 for Non-Tektronix Hardcopy Devices Version: V1.00, June 1986 Submitted by: Jeremy B. Mann, United Technologies Corp., West Palm Beach, FL Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Memory Required: 100KB Virtual Address Software Required: VAX FORTRAN, Tektronix PLOT-10 (TCS) Hardware Required: LA50, LA100, LN03 or HP 7550A or LXY11/Printronix P600 Printer. Keywords: Graphics, Plotting Abstract: This submission consists of a set of FORTRAN modules which can be used in conjunction with an existing TCS (Tektronix) library to produce graphics output files suitable for plotting on several popular hardcopy devices. The devices known to this release of the package are the LXYxx printer/plotter, (Printronix P-600), the HP 7550A 8-pen plotter, and any of the Digital Equipment Corporation sixel-format graphics devices such as the LA50, LA100 or LN03. The basic approach of this software is to replace the lower levels of the TCS library with routines which can generate output data files in the format specific to each device type. This results in a reasonably good level of device independence at very little cost. These modules have been used successfully with numerous output-only applications, including many of the example programs in the TCS user's manual. Restrictions: No known problems, limitations as described in documentation. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00196 IDX - SORT Version: V1.0, August 1986 Submitted by: Dale Barrett, E. F. Houghton & Company, Valley Forge, PA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 - 4.3 Source Language: DCL, DTR Software Required: DTR (optional), Create & Convert could be used to create required file DTR is easier. Keywords: File Management, Sorting Abstract: IDX_SORT is a DCL command procedure system which sorts selected index files. This results in a new file which typically is smaller and allows faster access (a 50% savings in block-size is not uncommon). This is achieved with the convert utility and FDL file definitions. It can also be used for modifying file structures (key-fields, etc.) during testing and implementation on new/modified systems. It consists of three elements: IDX_SORT.TABLE An indexed file containing names and locations of files to be sorted, (maintained with supplied DTR definition). It stores the date of the last sort and has a selection flag. IDX_SORT.COM A menu driven selection program allowing the user to easily select/cancel files for sorting, view dates of last sort and list files selected for sorting. IDX_SORT_EXE.COM Copies the selected file to a backup directory and converts the backup copy, creating a new version of the file and leaving the original intact. Creates a report documenting each step of the operation. Can be run in batch mode or interactively. Procedure has complete error handling to prevent loss of files/data during unattended use. Could easily be modified to provide automated nightly sorts. Everything is provided to set up the system easily. Complete documentation files are supplied. In about eleven months of constant use, we have not had a problem. In one case, we reclaimed about 28,000 blocks, an 80% reduction in size. This was a special case involving a file transferred from a PDP-11/70. Typically, reductions of 40-50% are experienced, but this depends on the file activity. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00195 DEL DIR Version: V1.0, April 1986 Submitted by: Patricia M. Stockwell, General Electric Company Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.1 Source Language: DCL Keywords: DCL, System Management - VMS, Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: This command file allows the user to delete all the files in a directory tree and then delete the tree itself using a bottom-to-top method. The procedure deletes the tree the user selects from his default directory and displays a log of all files/directories deleted. It is useful for deleting test or no longer used directories with many sub-directories. The procedure first displays where you are and gives you an opportunity to exit. Next, it will display the directories found in your default directory and prompts you for the tree you would like deleted. Selecting a non-existent directory results in an error message and the procedure aborts. The procedure can be aborted by typing control Y. Once the user selects an existing sub-directory, the procedure will delete all files, excluding directory files, found in the entire root structure. It will then begin deleting the directory files, starting with the bottom-most root and working up, displaying each file it deletes. Notes: Uses operating system VAX/VMS V4 features, compatible with V4 and up. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0006 \\ V00193 VTEDIT: Keypad Text Editor and Corrector for VAXTPU Version: 5.3, June 1991 Submitted by: Dr. Gerhard Weck, Infodas GmbH, D-5000 Koeln 71, West Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3-1, V5.4-2 Source Language: VAX FORTRAN, VAXTPU Memory Required: Virtual Hardware Required: VT100, VT220, VT320, VT420 series of ANSI terminals Keywords: Editors, TECO, TPU Abstract: The Video Terminal Editor VTEDIT is an editing interface for the VAX Text Processing Utility VAXTPU, and optionally for VAX LSE. The VTEDIT interface is an efficient, keypad driven editor allowing multi-window editing and providing semi-automatic, context dependent text formatting. VTEDIT implements, among others, the following features: . Multi file and multi buffer editing. . Insert and overstrike editing. . Free and bound cursor movement. Support for pattern-directed search based on: . TECO match control constructs. . VAXTPU pattern built-in procedures. . EVE-like VMS search patterns ("wildcards"). . ULTRIX-like regular expressions. . Keystroke or buffer change journaling of the editing sessions. . Access to the VAX/VMS operating system and to VAXTPU. Operations such as: . Search and replace, possibly on a set of files. . Rectangular cut, paste, and delete. . Pattern directed replacement operations. . Remember and retrieve buffer positions. . Insertion of date, time, file and buffer names. . Case and position control for searches. . Case conversion and capitalization of words. . Center line and fill paragraph. . Control of tabulator setting and margins via a ruler. . Replace Tabs with spaces and vice versa. . Sorting of buffers and ranges. . Wildcard file and buffer selection. Optional semi automatic, context dependent text formatting providing the following functions: . Case conversion/automatic case control. . Automatic indentation. . Manual correction of indentation. . Automatic context dependent word wrap and/or line justification. . Automatic insertion of closing parentheses and string delimiters. . Highlighting of the matching opening parenthesis and string delimiter. . Command driven line mode editing. . Menu selection of editor commands. . Optional EDT keypad emulation. . Use of the mouse as positioning and command input device. . Extensive on line help. Optional access to the Language-Sensitive Editor VAX LSE, providing operations to: . Fill and align program comments. . Retrieve sources from a CMS library. . Control the LSE code elision features. . Move to and/or delete placeholders. . Expand tokens, routines, placeholders, and aliases. . Insert and use pseudocode and overviews. . Compile sources and review errors. . Locate errors and retrieve the corresponding source text. . Access the LSE command interpreter directly. Optional access to the Source Code Analyzer VAX SCA, providing operations to: . Find declarations of symbols. . List positions of variable declarations and/or references. . Retrieve corresponding sources. . Access the SCA command interpreter directly. Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Operating System VMS V5.3 or later is required. Executable and/or object code is included. Optional interfaces to VAX LSE/SCA V3.1 (or LSE V3.0, SCA V2.0) and to XEVE Spelling Checker (See DECUS No. V00453). Changes and Improvements: Optional EDT keypad, search patterns with EVE like wildcards or UNIX like regular expressions. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (ED), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00191 MTU Version: April 1986 Submitted by: E. Langner, Hahn-Meitner Institut Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 16KB Software Required: PASCAL for new compilation Hardware Required: One tape drive Keywords: Utilities - Tape Abstract: MTU is a program for accessing magnetic tapes in a physical mode. It's able to compare, copy, read, write and dump tapes or part of tapes without interpreting the data. It's possible to copy tapes with only one tape device if there is enough disk space to buffer the content of the tape into a file. Another feature is to copy a tape to a set of tapes (e.g. if they have a different density). The user interface is based on DCL command format. Release Notes are distributed with each tape. Notes: This program requires VAX/VMS V4.X. To execute the program the privilege PHY_IO is necessary. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0005 \\ V00185 10BACKUP - Program to Read DECsystem-10 BACKUP Tapes Version: V2.4, February 1986 Submitted by: Paul Nankervis, La Trobe University Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX-11 BASIC Memory Required: Virtual Keywords: Utilities - Tape Abstract: 10BACKUP is an easy to use VAX program to read files from a magnetic tape created by the DECsystem-10 BACKUP utility. It's purpose is to enable file transfer from a DECsystem-10 to a VAX, or to read existing DECsystem-10 BACKUP format tapes. The program runs in 'interchange' mode while processing the input tape, as DECsystem-10 disk and UFD information is meaningless on a VAX. Normally, the program would be used to transfer ASCII text files only. Restrictions: This version of the program has only been tested using tapes from TOPS-10 6.03A. The program cannot write tapes. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0005 \\ V00184 DRAWTREE Version: V1, December 1985 Submitted by: Robert Donnenberg, Lear Siegler Avionic Systems Corp., Florham Park, NJ Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.1 Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Hardware Required: At least one VT100 compatible terminal per site. Keywords: File Management Abstract: This submittal includes a new version of the DRAWTREE utility. This utility produces a tree structure oriented display of the directory structure beneath a given directory spec. The display is produced using VT100 special graphics characters. This utility is essentially the same as that previously released by DECUS, but is MUCH faster and has several added features. Also included is the program CVTREE, which converts the VT100 special graphics characters in a DRAWTREE output file to printable text. Documentation for both programs, as well as sample output are also included. Notes: Program requires VMS V4.1 as it uses many VMS specific system calls. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0005 \\ V00183 JUICER Version: November 1988 Submitted by: Michael N. LeVine, Naval Weapons Center, China Lake, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.X Source Language: MACRO-32 Keywords: Utilities - Disk - VMS Abstract: The JUICER package of programs and command files is provided to the system manager to allow him to monitor VAX/VMS ODS-2 disks for disk and file fragmentation, disk usage and to do such compression as might be needed. The package is made up of eight parts: . JUICER_1 to do stand alone disk compression. . JUICER_2 to do online disk and file defragmentation while disk is in use by other users. . FRAG to monitor disk fragmentation. . FILE to monitor and optionally compress fragmented files. . DIR to make a map of disk directory structure and its file/block usage. . DISK to show by user and account the number of disk blocks in use, authorized and overdraft. . DISKMON to run as a detached process to provide a constant monitor of all disk(s) free space. . BAD to scan a selected disk for bad blocks and on user authorization, try to repair them. JUICER_1 is an in place disk compression utility for VAX/VMS ODS-2 disks suffering from excessive fragmentation. This program, within limitations, attempts to move portions of files from the high end of the disk to any unused areas (fragments) at the low end, freeing up larger contiguous free areas at the high end. JUICER_2 is an on-line in place disk and file compression utility for VAX/VMS ODS-2 disks suffering from excessive fragmentation. This program runs on-line while other users are also using the disk. It defragments the most defragmented files it can find that will fit in the largest contiguous free areas on disk, and moves other files as far down toward the low end of the disk as it can, filling up free fragments at the low end and freeing up more space at the high end. FRAG is run on a disk to see how badly the target disk free space is fragmented, giving a histogram of fragmented areas by size, a calculated measure of the disk free space fragmentation and, if wanted, a map of free fragments by starting LBN vs size. FILE scans all the file headers on the target disk and outputs two list files, one containing a list of the 100 files having the most retrieval pointers in use, and the second being a matrix of file size versus number of pointers in use. The command file CONTIG is used which reads one of the list files produced by FILE and running interactively with the user, converts the listed files from fragmented to contiguous. DIR scans a target disk and creates an output file DIRECTORY.MAP containing a graphical output showing the on disk directory structure, with a notation for each directory showing the number of files and blocks contained therein. DISK.COM sets up data for the program DISK.EXE which produces a list by user and account (for each disk specified) of disk blocks in use, authorized and permitted overdrafts. DISKMON is a program that I found on a VAX SIG tape submitted by Eric Richards of Gould Ocean Systems, 18901 Euclid Ave, Cleveland, Ohio 44117. It is a detached process which constantly monitors all disks on the system and warns when free space falls below preset values. BAD scans a selected disk for bad blocks. When a bad block is found, the user is asked if BAD should attempt to rewrite the block, assuming a soft error. If the rewrite is selected, the user can select to edit the contents of the bad block before the rewrite is attempted. Notes: JUICER_1 is V1.13 and JUICER_2 is V2.18. Operating System VAX/VMS V5 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Bug fix - minor upgrade for Operating System VAX/VMS V5. Restrictions: Does not do volume setting. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00181 VT200 TOOLKIT Version: July 1986 Submitted by: Messrs. Tabik & DiGiantomasso, Professional Software Associates, Inc., Santa Ana, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: BASIC-PLUS2, C, VAX-11 BASIC Hardware Required: VT220, VT240 Series Terminals Keywords: Graphics, VT200 Routines Abstract: The VT200 TOOLKIT is a series of programs written in BASIC and C to promote the advanced features of the VT200 family of terminals. A few of the programs are written in VAX-BASIC for VMS. Where possible, other programs are written in ANSI-BASIC and C so they would be portable across systems. The programs are: . An example of font editing and font loading. . Loading keys with User Defined character sequences. . Setting ReGIS graphics color display for non-graphics mode on VT241. . An example of the use of Dithering to provide more than four colors on a VT241. . Character set files which can be loaded into a VT220. Digital Equipment Corporation provided the funding to develop this program. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0005 \\ V00180 Parallel Library V2 Version: V2, May 1986 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3, 4.4 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: 5KB Keywords: Tools - Software Development Abstract: The Parallel Library routines assist in writing a parallel application by implementing many of the functions commonly required for parallelism. These functions include establishing shared data and executable code regions, creating and deleting subprocesses and implementing barrier synchronizations and critical sections. Included in the kit is a sample parallel program whose comments describe many of the standard parallelism concepts and suggested VAX/VMS solutions. Notes: Requires a V4.X version of VAX/VMS Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00174 PLA TOOLS Version: November 1984 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, through Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 or later Source Language: C, RATFOR Memory Required: 3MB Software Required: C Compiler, RATFOR Keywords: Programmable Logic Arrays Abstract: The Berkeley PLA tools are a set of tools designed for performing logical and topological optimization of programmable logic arrays (PLAs). The tools form a system encompassing the design of PLAs from the specification of algebraic equations through logic minimization and folding, to final physical layout. These tools also support the optimization of finite-state machines (FSMs) when the machine is implemented as a programmable logic array. The programs are described here in the order the designer would normally use them. Also included is a list of references for each program. EQNTOTT A program which accepts as input an algebraic description of Boolean equations, and produces a two-level (flattened) representation of these equations. SIMPLE Simple program for simulation of a PLA. It accepts binary vectors as input, and computes the PLAs response to the input patterns. ESPRESSO Performs logical optimization of a PLA (i.e., two-level Boolean logic minimization). PLEASURE2 Performs topological optimization of a PLA (i.e., simple and multiple folding of rows and columns to minimize the area occupied by the PLA). PANDA/TPACK A program which maps the simple or multiply folded output of PLEASURE into its actual implementation. The output of PANDA is a CIF-format mask description of the PLA. All of the above programs are written in the C-language, except for PLEASURE which is written in RATFOR (rational FORTRAN). These programs run on Digital Equipment Corporation VAX computers under the Berkeley UNIX (4.2BSD) operating system. It is expected that the programs can be made to run without a major effort under other versions of UNIX, or on a Digital Equipment Corporation VAX under VMS; (reasonable attempts have been made to make each program machine independent). However, we cannot afford to distrbute or support versions for different machines. Notes: This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California- Berkeley. Assoc. Documentation: 1) R.K. Brayton, G.D. Hatchel, C.T. McMullen, and A.L. Sangiovanni-Vincentelli, "Logic Minimization Algorithms for VLSI Synthesis", Kluwer Academic Publishers, Carl W. Harris, 190 Old Derby Street, Hingham, MA 02043. 2) G. DeMicheli and A. Sangiovanni-Vincentelli, "PLEASURE: A Computer Program for Simple/Multiple Constrained/Unconstrained Folding of Programmable Logic Arrays". UCB Electronics Research Laboratory, Memorandum No. M82/57, August 1982. 3) G. DeMicheli, "Computer-Aided Synthesis of PLA-Based Systems". UCB Electronics Research Laboratory, Memorandum No. M84/31, April 1984. 4) G.H. Mah, "PANDA: A PLA Generator for Multiply Folded PLAs". UCB Electronics Research Laboratory, Memorandum No. M84/95, April 1984. The following address is for numbers two through four: U.C. Berkeley, ILP Office, 467 Cory Hall, Berkeley, CA 94720. Restrictions: This is the VMS version of the PLA tools tape. The tape is in VMS/BACKUP format, and contains the directories for the programs Eqntott, Espresso, Panda, Platypus, Pleasure, Simple, Tpack, and for the PLA test suite PLA. When Eqntott and Espresso were compiled and tested under the VMS operating system, Eqntott ran without much difficulty, however Espresso caused some problems. Using VMS C Compiler number 2.0-003, Espresso will execute properly if the module " reduce.c " was compiled without compiler optimization (i.e., cc/noopt). In order to use Eqntott, one must define " sys$input " to be the name of the input file, and " sys$output " to be the name of the output file. (This is in contrast to the manual pages for this program which state that Eqntott will accept filename arguments on the command line.) Also, on a UNIX system, the user's input file is "piped" through the C preprocessors. This feature was removed from the VMS version in order to get the program running. Whoever receives this tape is warned of the above changes in Eqntott, and that no attempt has been made to compile and test Panda, Platypus, Pleasure, Simple, or Tpack under the VMS operating system. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00173 SMARTMAILER for VMS Binary Version Version: V1.1, July 1986 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 Source Language: BASIC-PLUS2 Software Required: DECUS No. V00172 Keywords: Business Applications, Mail Abstract: SMARTMAILER for VMS Software is an application used to create and maintain mailing lists of names and addresses, and generate address labels. This version of the program contains binary code only. Refer to DECUS No. V00172 for a description of the program. Notes: Please note you must also order DECUS No. V00172 to get all of the required files. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0005 \\ V00172 SMARTMAILER For VMS Version: V1.1, July 1986 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 Source Language: BASIC-PLUS2 Software Required: DECUS No. V00173 Keywords: Business Applications, Mail Abstract: SMARTMAILER for VMS software is an application used to create and maintain lists of names and addresses, and generate address labels. Mailing List Contents . Mailing lists contain packed addresses with up to 327 characters, each composed of a name, three address lines, city/town, state/country, zip code, two separate identifiers, a counter, a comment and up to six user-defined categories. . Category information is user-defined and can be different for each mailing list. . Each mailing list can have associated sublists. . Each mailing list can be set up differently. Major Functions . Update - mailing lists can be created and maintained by adding, removing, and changing individual address entries. . Display - any or all addresses, category definition, or sublist definitions can be displayed on a video screen. . Listings - full addresses, category definitions, and sublist definitions can be printed (or written to a disk file). . Labels - any mailing list or sublist can be printed on a variety of labels. . List Processing Interface - a standard list document file can be generated for use with Digital Equipment Corporation word processing systems to produce personalized letters. Features . User Interface - all user interaction is menu or form driven. . Label Printing - various parameters for label printing can be defined to meet specific needs. . Category Information - up to six categories of related information can be stored for each mailing list. . Sublists - addresses can be selected from mailing lists by defining requirements on specific address fields. . Sorting - all lists may be sorted by any address field (except comments) before being printed as listings or labels. . Presort - SMARTMAILER for VMS can presort U.S. addresses to take advantage of U.S. Postal rules in effect in July 1979), which allow a reduced postage rate on First Class Mail. Notes: Please note you must also order DECUS No. V00173 to get all of the required files. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0005 \\ V00171 LATeX Templates & Help Files for LSE Version: 2.0, April 1988 Submitted by: Kent McPherson, Smiths Industries, Grand Rapids, MI Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.6 Source Language: LSE Software Required: LSEDIT, LaTeX. This package requires LSEDIT to be installed. Keywords: Text Formatting Abstract: LaTeX is a powerful, easy to use, public domain text formatting package based on TeX. This submission includes a VAX Language Sensitive Editor (LSEDIT) language definition for LaTeX V2.09. Using LSEDIT and the LaTeX language definition, a user, regardless of his/her level of experience, can quickly and easily learn to format complex documents using LaTeX. Use of LSEDIT reduces the amount of typing necessary by automatically supplying the user with a set of templates that define the basic structure of a given LaTeX style. These templates can be selected and filled in or deleted as appropriate. The novice user will use the templates extensively, while the more experienced user will use the templates as an aid in remembering infrequently used commands or formats. The default LaTeX styles supported by LSEDIT language definition are: article, book, report, letter and slides (SLiTeX). VMS format HELP library entries are included for most of the features within LaTeX version 2.09. The LaTeX source for the "VAX Language Sensitive Editor (LSEDIT) Quick Reference Guide for use with LaTeX Environment" is included on the magnetic media. Release notes are distributed with each order. Changes and Improvements: More comprehensive support for LaTeX, compile/review feature added. Assoc. Documentation: Should have access to LSEDIT and LaTeX manuals. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0005 \\ V00165 DATMAN/VAX Version: V5.1, August 1986 Submitted by: Leonard Bass, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, RI Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: FORTRAN IV-PLUS Keywords: Data Base Management Abstract: DATMAN is a scientific relational data base management system. It consists of a collection of commands available directly to an end user. These commands allow a user to build a collection of data bases, add, edit and delete data from these data bases, retrieve specified subsets and define new variables, display data retrieved in a formatted or unformatted fashion and do descriptive statistics on the data retrieved. The data base facilities of DATMAN are also available through a collection of procedures callable from an arbitrary PASCAL, FORTRAN or C program using standard VAX data types. One of the components of DATMAN is a screen management system including an editor and run time facility. The run time facility of the screen management system is available either through one of the DATMAN commands or through a collection of procedures callable from an arbitrary program. Changes and Improvements: Performance improvements and miscellaneous enhancements. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MC) Format: VMS/BACKUP \\ V00164 XPORT Version: V1.3, April 1986 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: TOPS-10, TOPS-20, VAX/VMS Source Language: BLISS-32, BLISS-36 Software Required: BLISS Compiler Keywords: Tools - Software Development, BLISS Abstract: XPORT is a collection of transportable source-level programming tools (formerly included on the BLISS-32 and BLISS-36 kits) for use with the BLISS language. XPORT tools may be commonly applied across BLISS-32 and BLISS-36 target systems to provide such things as extensive input/output facilities, a uniform interface for obtaining operating system services (such as dynamic memory), and aids to data structuring and string handling. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0005 \\ V00163 Escape From Manhattan Version: V1.1, February 1986 Submitted by: Richard M. Cook, Baton Rouge, LA Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.6 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Keywords: Games Abstract: Escape is an all-text computer role-playing game of adventure and weaponry, involving the one player's skill, attentiveness, thinking and luck. Based on the movie "Escape from New York", the player takes on the character of Fox Brisskin, a man condemned to life in the newest U.S. maximum security prison, Manhattan Island. The year is 1997. Just before boarding the helicopter to Manhattan, the prison's warden offers you total reprieve of all crimes, if you can perform one duty---get the President out of Manhattan safely. The President's plane was hijacked and crashed inside the walls of Manhattan. He has survived the accident by fate and is now being held hostage by the inmates. He is due to speak with Russia and China at a summit meeting in 24 hours. If he doesn't show, global nuclear war becomes history. Complete with introduction and menu driven options, ESCAPE pits the player against murderous (and sometimes helpful) thugs, simple and complex puzzles, a variety of deadly weapons, and a ticking death clock. Experience points are awarded for victorious battles, but health points must be maintained to stay alive. Each game is new and challenging, randomly determined at the beginning, for continued pleasure through the millennium. A DOC file is also included with helpful playing hints. The submitter would appreciate comments or suggestions about this program and has invited anyone who has solved the game to send him a dated listing of his name, score(s), and positive proof that he has indeed solved the game (i.e., how each puzzle was solved to get the President out). A list of such "winners" will be compiled, to be published with future versions of ESCAPE." Restrictions: Sometimes at beginning of game, the random determinator part of the initialization gets stuck in a long loop due to certain restrictions not being met. Simple patience will solve this problem. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0005 \\ V00157 Clinimetric Data Management Software for Interactive Data Entry Version: V5.6, September 1986 Submitted by: Messrs. W. Dupont & W. Plummer, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.1 Source Language: FORTRAN 77, MACRO-32 Memory Required: Any reasonable working set Keywords: Data Base Management Abstract: The CLINIMETRIC Data Management System (CDMS) facilitates interactive data entry and editing by people without previous computer skills. The user first writes a simple program that defines the data dictionaries of the data files that are to be entered. This program is then compiled to create control files that enable the package's utility programs to be customized to the user's needs. Data may then be entered, edited and reviewed using the interactive data entry utility. Prompting messages obtained from the data dictionaries guide the user through each data form. One or more data values may be entered in free format between prompting messages. This makes data entry and editing tasks easy to learn and perform. Entry errors can be detected and corrected immediately. Lists of remaining edit checks can be generated for subsequent verification and correction. Data points that are not entered are automatically assigned missing value codes. The user may alter the order of data entry to skip missing entries or change previously entered values. An indexed file structure allows rapid and convenient access to any record in each file. Interactive inter-file edit checks can enforce consistency between files in a multi-file data base. Other features include interactive help messages, relational edit checks, date variables, record certification, and automatic case conversion. CDMS data files may be accessed as sequential files with fixed data formats. Documentation files provide the column location and format of each variable in the file and summarize the data dictionary. A utility converts existing sequential files into a CDMS system. Changes and Improvements: Miscellaneous bug fixes Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0005 \\ V00154 Screen Management System Subroutines Version: April 1987 Submitted by: Kenneth Messer, Allied Electronics Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: VAX BASIC Keywords: BASIC, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This submission consists of a group of subroutines, written in VAX BASIC V2.3, comprising a system allowing the relatively simple use of Digital Equipment Corporation's screen management facility. Object code compiled under VAX BASIC V3.0 is included. Documentation is provided, both RUNOFF and TeX versions. A small program, which uses a number of the routines, is also included. Notes: Operating system VMS V4.5 required as VAX BASIC 3.0 is used. Changes and Improvements: New routines, bug fixes, enhancements Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00153 DEP DECENC - Decrypter/Encrypter Version: V1.0, December 1985 Submitted by: Soft-Keyz, Cameron, MO Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.1, 4.2 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Keywords: Security Abstract: "DEP" permits a user to decrypt/encrypt any VMS file with a record length less than or equal to 8180 bytes. The "DEP" is best utilized in internal security. A minimum 10 character key must be provided for encryption and although there is no maximum number of characters which a key may have, it will be hashed into a 512 character key. The user may encrypt a file to as many levels as desired, that is; an encrypted file can be re-encrypted. The "DEP" also allows the user to expand the input text with random garbage thrown into the output text. The ratio of expansion per encryption is from 31 bits in, 32 bits out (adding 1 bit garbage), up to 1 bit in, 32 bits out (adding 31 bits garbage per bit). Decryption(s) must proceed in the exact reverse order of the encryptions(s). Keys may be entered from the keyboard with/without echo or from a file. Most file types currently supported by VMS can be used as a key as long as the record length is less than 8192 bytes. Release Notes are distributed with each order. Restrictions: Needs at least VMS 4.1. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0004 \\ V00151 PROGRAM - A VAX/VMS Program Development Environment Version: V10.1 December 1985 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 Source Language: DCL Software Required: Compilers and/or assembler user wishes to use. Abstract: PROGRAM implements certain new VMS version 4 features to set up the user's terminal as a programmer work station, at which many common program development tasks can be performed by pressing control keys (e.g. pressing the VT200 "DO" key will compile, link, and run the program currently under development). PROGRAM can be used with most VAX programming languages (MACRO, FORTRAN, COBOL, BASIC, etc.) and presents the same interface for each. PROGRAM can be used to develop program from multiple source files, each containing one or more modules in any of the supported languages. PROGRAM is highly customizable: compiler, linker, and debugger options for each language can be set to meet the needs of specific programming groups, projects, and/or individual users; key definitions can be tailored for use with any VMS supported terminal; etc. Since PROGRAM is simply a customization of the standard DCL user interface, all normal VMS V4.0 features (DCL commands, command line recall and editing, etc.) are available to the PROGRAM user concurrently with the various features of PROGRAM. Restrictions: VT100 or VT200 series terminals. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0004 \\ V00150 EVEPlus Version: May 1987 Author: Terry Dow Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: VAX/TPU Software Required: EVE, TPU Keywords: Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS, EVE, TPU Abstract: This is an upgrade to the EVEPlus package that will extend the already powerful EVE editor based upon operating system VAX/VMS V4.X TPU (Text Processing Utility). EVEPlus provides a number of new commands to EVE, but more importantly it serves as a superb example of how to customize EVE much in the same way the EDTINI.EDT file customized the EDT editor. This specific addition adds a few new commands and also initiates a standard keyboard command assignment that should make it easier to move from one VMS system to another. Due to EVE's nature, refining and extending EVEPlus and the proposed keyboard is highly desirable, yet a forum such as DECUS is needed to distribute 'the keyboard'. An internal SHIFT HELP buffer is created while the keyboard definitions are being made so that it is easy to see the new assignments by hitting the SHIFT HELP key. A forward delete character is available on keypad 6, placing the character in a separate area than the INSERT HERE buffer. The separate area is restored by hitting SHIFT INSERT. "Delete word" deletes from the current position to the end/beginning of word and is kept in the same place as the forward delete character is saved. A ruler is quickly inserted into text to aid in counting characters and/or adjusting column alignments. Three profiles are defined: Text, FORTRAN, and PASCAL, (others are easily added) so that rulers, margins, etc., are changed together. For example, FORTRAN sets the right margin to 72 and the ruler is prefixed with a C so if it is left in by accident it is treated as a comment. A "transpose last two characters command" is added to help with my typing impediment. Setting left and right margins is easier by letting it default to the current column the cursor is in. Writing out files while remaining in the editor is easier by letting it default to the buffer's file name, also making it easy to update the currently edited file without exiting. A page command is added to make it easy to jump to the next form feed. When going to a line number or marker EVEPlus remembers the last one that was referred to. Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.0 or later is required along with TPU, (Text Processing Utility). Changes and Improvements: This is an upgrade to the EVEPlus package. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00149 DIAL Version: 1.2, October 1987 Author: Roger Talkov, Emulex Corporation, Costa Mesa, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.5 Source Language: C Keywords: Security, System Management - VMS Abstract: DIAL prevents unauthorized access from dial-in callers and allows authorized users to access the computer from a dial-back line. DIAL requires the caller to answer some questions about their access rights. If incorrect, the program will disconnect the caller. If correct, the program will notify the user of their acceptance, will disconnect the call, and then call them back at a pre-determined phone number. Benefits include controlled access, users accessing only from a pre-determined location, and users do not have to pay for phone access. DIAL was written in VAX-11 C and the source is included. Changes and Improvements: Includes 2400 baud modem support and the logging of all attempts of DIAL access into DIAL.LOG. This extra security will provide information on break-in attempts as well as an audit trail of modem usage. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00146 WATCHDOG Version: 5.0, September 1989 Submitted by: George Walrod III, Cellular One Operating System: See Notes Source Language: See Notes Keywords: Security, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: WATCHDOG is a program which monitors an interactive process for inactivity. A process is logged out after a defined interval. An inactive process is indicated by no change in CPU time and no buffered I/O count within a defined interval. Messages will be sent to the inactive process at a defined interval until the maximum inactive time limit is reached. A final message is sent to the user and an optional message is sent to the central operator making note that a user has been stopped. Another option includes ignoring a group of users. Many options exist and are documented. You should enjoy the comments made by the developer. Notes: There are three versions of the program included on this tape; one for VAX/VMS V3.X, one for VAX/VMS V4.X, and one for VAX/VMS V5.X. The version for VAX/VMS V3.X is written in both FORTRAN-77 and MACRO-11. The version for VAX/VMS V4.X and for VAX/VMS V5.X is just written in MACRO-11. Changes and Improvements: This version contains a program fix for running on multiprocessor CPUs. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00145 IDSS: Interactive Decision Support System Version: V1.4.2, July 1985 Submitted by: David I. Audet, Management & Planning Software Group, Ontario, Canada Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.7 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Hardware Required: VT100 Compatible Terminal Keywords: Editors, Spreadsheet Abstract: IDSS is a spreadsheet based decision support system. An integrated data dictionary allows data to be referenced by name (rather than by position), allows separation of data from calculations, and makes a model self documenting. Features include: concurrent access to a model by several users, Report Writer - bilingual reporting capability, multi-level consolidation, pseudo English calculation language, device independent business graphics, restricted access based on passwords and security levels, automated sensitivity and risk analysis, fullscreen worksheet editor, complete on-line help, menu definition facility, and RMS and DIF file interface. The size of the spreadsheet is restricted to a combined total of 75 rows and columns. Restrictions: Restricted to small spreadsheet. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00141 RELAX2.2: An Analysis of Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (MOS) Version: V2.2, January 1985 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, through Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.0 and 4.0 Source Language: C Memory Required: <1MB Software Required: VAX-11 C Compiler V2.0 Keywords: Circuit Simulation, Simulations Abstract: RELAX2.2 performs a fast and accurate transient analysis of Metal-Oxide Semiconductor (MOS) integrated circuits. The program uses a mixture of direct methods, like those used in the SPICE2[2] program, and a modified version of the Waveform Relaxation Algorithm (WR)[1,3]. This combination of methods can greatly improve the computational efficiency of circuit simulation for MOS digital circuits by exploiting their loose coupling and relative inactivity, and still efficiently solve tightly coupled analog circuits by switching automatically to direct methods when appropriate. Using the combination of methods, RELAX2.2 can produce results of the same accuracy as SPICE2[2] for both analog and digital MOS integrated circuits, but often uses less than 10% of the computer time. Notes: Release Notes distributed with each order. This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California-Berkeley. Assoc. Documentation: Contact Deborah Dunster, EECS Industrial Liaison Program, 457 Cory Hall, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720 for "RELAX2.1: A Waveform Relaxation Based Circuit Simulation Program"; "RELAX2: A Modified Waveform Relaxation Approach to the Simulation of MOS Digital Circuits" by Jacob White and "The Waveform Relaxation Method for Time Domain Analysis of Large Scale Integrated Circuits: Theory and Applications" by Lelarasmee. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00137 VAXNET: A Communications Program Version: 12, July 1986 Submitted by: Robin Miller Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.4 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: Virtual on VMS Software Required: FORTRAN compiler needed for re-compilation only. Hardware Required: Need asychronous ports connected to modems or directly to another system. Keywords: Data Communications, File Management, KERMIT Abstract: VAXNET is a program which allows communications between two computers using an asynchronous terminal port. The computers can be connected either directly using a null modem cable or via a modem. The program features include: . Support for any type of autodial modem. . Phone authorizaton and/or logging of phone calls. . Autologin and limited scripting capability. . Virtual terminal mode. . Remote session logging. . File MISHing to allow transmission of any type of file. . Ability to DUMP file to remote without using a file protocol. . File transmission via the KERMIT, XMODEM or VAXNET protocols. . User callback via autodial modems. Notes: Program requires VMS V4.0 and later as it uses new features available on VMS V4. Changes and Improvements: Generic autodial support and KERMIT protocol added. Minor fixes for VMS V4.4 also. Restrictions: Only basic KERMIT protocol supported. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00135 DVI to VDU: A TeX Page Previewer Program Version: 3.2 Author: Andrew Trevorrow, University of Adelaide, Australia Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3-1 Source Language: MODULA-2 Software Required: VAX/VMS TEX system (DVI to VDU reads TEX82 DVI files and gets its font info from PK files) Keywords: Graphics, TeX Abstract: DVI to VDU is a TeX page previewer. The program allows you to look at TeX-generated DVI pages on a variety of commonly available visual display units (VDUs). The currently implemented VDUs include: . Any ANSI compatible terminal, VT100, VT200, ANSI etc., even on non-graphic terminals, many types of formatting errors can still be detected . VISUAL 500, VISUAL 550 and VT100 with Retrographics (These terminals use Tektronix 4010/4014 graphics.) . AED 512 graphics terminal . ReGIS Graphics Terminals such as the VT240 or the VT125 DVI to VDU is an interactive program. Various commands are available for browsing through the pages in a given DVI file. The screen acts as a window through which you view a selected page. The size and location of this window can be altered at whim, you can look at the overall format of an entire page and then request a smaller region for closer scrutiny. The manner in which a page is displayed can be varied from a full accurate representation to a terse, fast display for when fine details are unimportant. Changes and Improvements: Additional support and bug fixes. Restrictions: MODULA-2 library routines that provide interface to VAX/VMS are not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00134 SCHEDULER: A Program to Manage All VAX System Activities Version: V1, June 1985 Submitted by: Stephan WaBerroth, Hahn-Meitner-Institut, Berlin, Germany Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.1 Source Language: PASCAL Memory Required: 16KB Keywords: Scheduling, System Management - VMS Abstract: The SCHEDULER manages all activities in a VAX system, which are based on a regular time interval. It consists of two images, a detached process (the SCHEDULER itself) and a DCL-command processing image, both written in VAX-PASCAL. The detached process maintains a data-base of DCL-procedures. These procedures will be executed at specified times or after expiration of specified time intervals. The SCHEDULER may be requested to initiate an action monthly, weekly (on a given day), daily or in even smaller intervals (e.g. every hour). Thus, the total number of detached processes in a VAX system is decreased, because a single process controls multiple activities. The second image provides the DCL-interface and inter-process-communnication between the user and the SCHEDULER. It starts and stops the SCHEDULER, adds or deletes command-procedures and defines the scheduling intervals. Typical applications include automated processing of error-logs, accounting files, backup operation, remounting of cluster devices, etc. The SCHEDULER is designed as a tool for system-managers, not for users. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00129 FORTRAN Programming Tools Version: III.8, July 1990 Submitted by: A. Ragosta & L. Jurgeleit, Moffett Field, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.3 Source Language: DCL, MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: Various Keywords: Debugging, System Management - VMS, Tools - Software Development Abstract: The FORTRAN Programming Tools are a series of tools used to support the development and maintenance of FORTRAN source codes. A consistent set of tools is provided to increase programmer productivity and increase code quality. Also included are tools to ease conversion and transfer of files between computer systems. Included are debugging aids, source code maintenance aids, a print utility, a CPU time monitoring program, a NAMELIST-like package, a general purpose filter, a user-friendly executive subsystem, file management programs, and a library of useful, well-documented routines. These tools assist in reducing development time and encouraging high quality programs. Many of these tools are not FORTRAN-specific and may be useful in any environment. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Many new programs & utility routines. Consistancy & efficiency improved. Bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00127 AKCOUNT: A VMS System Accounting Package Version: August 1986 Submitted by: Martin Serrer, National Research Council, Ontario, Canada K1A 0R6 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Keywords: System Accounting - VMS Abstract: The AKCOUNT software has been designed to provide a VAX computer installation running V4.X of VMS operating system software with all the necessary accounting tools to charge users for resources used. The package includes all the source code, associated help files, command procedures and installation notes. The software in SYSTEMS LABORATORY of NRC has been set up as a batch job to execute every Friday night. When the job runs, the information from the system accounting file, plus listing files from DISKQUOTA and AUTHORIZE are merged together and written to a file "SYS$ACCOUNT:AKCOUNT.TOT". A report generator reads this file and creates detailed or summary type printouts. The latest addition to the AKCOUNT software package is a repair utility. This utility enables the system manager to repair, (both automatically and interactively) and edit records in the AKCOUNT.TOT file. Changes and Improvements: Bug fixes and new utility to EDIT/REPAIR damaged AKCOUNT.TOT files. Upgraded to work on VMS V4.X systems. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00126 DR11-W Software Cornucopia Version: V4.0, June 1986 Author: Fermilab Computing Dept., Fermilab, Batavia, IL Operating System: RSX-11M V4.1, RT-11 V5.0, VAX/VMS V4.2 Source Language: DCL, FORTRAN 77, FORTRAN IV-PLUS, FOTRAN IV, MACRO-11, MACRO-32, VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: Various Software Required: MACRO-11, FORTRAN Hardware Required: DR11-W or DRV11-WA Keywords: Data Communications, Device Handlers, Networking, Software Collections, Utilities - VMS Abstract: This is a collection of routines and device drivers which interface to the DR11-W and DRV11-WA high speed (300KW/sec) communications device on the PDP-11, the VAX 11-7XX and the MicroVAX II. The routines implement no-wait, wait and completion routine I/O. Multiple messages may be awaited and error status of each message is saved until the status routine is called. The interface is standardized so that the same FORTRAN routines may be used on RT-11, VMS or RSX-11M. The device drivers are standard user written RT-11, RSX-11M, and VMS device drivers which implement a sophisticated communications protocol between two computers. Multiple logical links are possible at the same time, even though the DR11-W is a half-duplex device. The drivers are capable of recovering from time-outs, and hardware problems on the other side. The collection is a complete set of implementations for RT-11, RSX-11M, and VMS, organized by using a VMS directory tree. Notes: Operating system VMS V4.0 or greater is required. Changes and Improvements: MicroVAX support, DRV11-WA support, bug fixes. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00123 VSH: A Shell (Command Interpreter) for VAX/VMS Version: V1.0, October 1984 Submitted by: Camillo Bongiovanni, CSZ, Torino, Italy Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.5 Source Language: C Keywords: Language Interpreters, Tools - Software Development Abstract: A shell is a command language interpreter. VSH is the name of a particular command interpreter on VAX/VMS. The primary purpose of VSH is to translate command lines typed at a terminal into system actions, such as invocation of other programs. VSH is a user program, just like any one might write. It incorporates all the features of DCL and a history mechanism; most of the features of VSH are designed mainly for interactive VMS users. Hopefully, VSH will be a very useful program for everyone in interacting with the VAX/VMS Operating System. In addition, there are some useful utility programs that can be used in order to facilitate software development; their source files were taken from the UNIX Operating System, and adapted for VAX/VMS. They are not fully tested, thus questions and/or problems encountered are invited. Notes: Release notes distributed with each order. Restrictions: "C" I/O functions are quite different between UNIX and VMS, thus complete compatibility between UNIX-VMS is not easily attained. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00122 TCOPY: A High Speed Tape Copy Program Version: V3.13, January 1985 Submitted by: Roger Jenkins, Wycliffe Bible Translators, Huntington Beach, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.7 Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 150KB Hardware Required: Two 9-track tape drives Keywords: Magnetic Tape Handler, Utilities - Tape, Utilities - VMS Abstract: TCOPY is a high speed tape copy program. It uses two tape drives and copies from one to the other. Double buffering is utilized to keep both drives moving as much as possible. It copies physical records, so it is contents insensitive, and should copy any kind of tape that your drive can read. I have been using it to make copies of BRU, BACKUP, FLX and ACSII tapes for almost a year. Notes: Release notes are distributed with each tape. Restrictions: TCOPY has been used exclusively for copying whole tapes. The ability to copy a specified number of files has not been tested exhaustively. TCOPY has occasionally placed my system in a mode where processes cannot be created. Existing processes do not seem to be affected. Other sites who have used TCOPY have not reported the problem. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00116 Productivity Tools Demonstration Package Version: December 1984 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 Source Language: C Keywords: Language Interpreters, Tools - Software Development, Utilities - VMS Abstract: The Productivity Tools Demonstration Package consists of a menu that offers a choice of 2 demos. Demo 1 presents a case study for a software development project, in order to illustrate the use of DEC/CMS, DEC/MMS and DEC/TEST MANAGER. Demo 2 presents a terminal session which uses DEC/SHELL as the Command Language Interpreter. The demonstration package runs on VMS V4.0 only. It has been tested on, and runs successfully on, VT100, VT125, and VT241 terminals. A Demo User's Guide is included on the magtape kit. It contains presentation material that can be used in conjunction with the demo. This demonstration package was featured at the Spring '84' DECUS Symposium in Cincinnati, and has since appeared at European and Australian DECUS Symposia. Notes: Release notes are distributed with each order. Restrictions: The Demo Programs were linked on VMS Version 4.0, therefore, they will not run on any version earlier than 4.0. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0004 \\ V00115 ReGIS Data Plotting Package Version: V1.1, December 1984 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.0 Source Language: RATFOR Memory Required: 256KB Keywords: File Management, Graphics, Plotting, ReGIS, Statistics Abstract: The ReGIS Data Plotting Package is host resident software written in FORTRAN. The program performs interactive file and data manipulation for graphics plotting. It allows the user to enter and edit data in a table and to use the table to draw various types of predefined plots, such as bar graphs or line graphs, or to use the table for predefined statistical analysis. Plots can be stored and accessed for later use by other ReGIS software applications. Tables of data and plot specifications can be stored for subsequent reuse by the ReGIS Data Plotting Package. TABLE BUILDING CAPABILITIES . Enter raw data into a table with the number of rows and columns defined by the user (limitation on table size: 9 columns, 99 rows) . Names the table, names separate categories for rows and columns, and labels each row and column . Edits a row, column, or data item . Sorts any row or column for numeric data or alphabetically . Performs arithmetic operations on rows, columns, or items PLOTTING CAPABILITIES . Bar charts . Line plots, straight lines, curves, normal curves . Point plots STATISTICAL ANALYSIS CAPABILITIES . Basic statistics: mean, range, variance, standard deviation, percentage . Nonparametric comparative statistics: chi-square Notes: Release notes are distributed with each tape. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (ED), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00114 ReGIS DEC-RITE Version: V1.1, December 1984 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.0 Source Language: MACRO-32, RATFOR Memory Required: 256KW Keywords: Editors, ReGIS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: ReGIS DEC-RITE (ReGIS Illustrated Text Editor) is an on screen editor providing interactive, text-attribute selection, proofreading by the user, and optional final copy from a GIGI (VK100) or VT125 connected to a LA34-VA or LA100 printer. It provides easy access to the powerful text display features of ReGIS. ReGIS DEC-RITE provides text processing features with particular emphasis on those character attributes that the VK100 and VT125 can provide. In addition to word and character oriented cursor controls, ReGIS DEC-RITE allows for wordwrap, subscript, superscript, and other attributes, such as boldface, italic, color and multiple character sizes. DEC-RITE also has the capability to intersperse specially formatted picture files generated by other ReGIS software packages within the textural material. Notes: Release notes distributed with each tape. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EC), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0004 \\ V00111 AUTOLOG: Automatic Logoff Program Version: 1.5, January 1989 Submitted by: Rick Stacks, ARK Dept of Pollution Control, Little Rock, AR Operating System: VAX/VMS V5.0 Source Language: MACRO-11 Keywords: Security, System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: AUTOLOG is a program designed to handle logoff of idle processes. AUTOLOG has been modified to handle sessions running on TTxn:, TXxnn:, and LTxnn: (DMR, DHU, & LAT) devices. The current configuration of this program allows for the following: . Operation under VMS V.5.0-02. . Selective non-logoff of terminals, and of users. . Debug mode of operation. . Changing of warning times and/or messages (program must be recompiled). . Several other features (see the program code for more information). Notes: Operating system VMS V5.0 or later is required. Changes and Improvements: Upgraded to VMS V5.0 and now handles terminals connected to servers. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0003 \\ V00107 MAILIST: A Program to Develop a Mailing List Version: V1.0, November 1984 Submitted by: William Greene, Naval Underwater Systems Center, Newport, RI Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.7 Source Language: DCL Keywords: Mail, System Management - VMS, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This command procedure helps you, the System Manager, develop a current mailing list of your users so that they can get the message. Since most users generally become blind to the significant messages we system managers want them to receive, this procedure was developed which, in conjunction with the VMS MAIL utility, will force them to read that very important message. Additionally, for you managers that feel secure, the last two lines of the command procedure will put the current user list in a place where any user can see what the user names are. This feature was requested by users who wanted to know their colleagues names for MAIL also. Granted this provides a neat shopping list for hackers, but users should get used to providing themselves with secure passwords. However if this is uncomfortable for you, simply delete the last two commands. Invoke this procedure from your system manager account or your own account as a normal command procedure (i.e. @MAILIST). To allow users to see the user names, provide a global symbol in the system-wide login command procedure. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): Write-Up and Listing (DA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0003 \\ V00099 INDEX: FORTRAN Cross-Referencer and Flow Chart Generator Version: V3.28, November 1988 Submitted by: Michael N. LeVine, Naval Weapons Center, China Lake, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.X - V5.X Source Language: MACRO-32 Software Required: RUNOFF Keywords: Cross-Referencers, Tools - Applications Development, Utilities - VMS Abstract: INDEX is a FORTRAN source cross-referencing and flow charting utility that allows the user to look at individual source files (optionally saving the data for an overall SUPER INDEX) and determine what variables are used on what lines and how they are used. Furthermore, the user can select for display/save for SUPER INDEX only those variables or COMMON blocks with the characteristics that he is interested in the following: global/local, assigned value/not assigned value, used/unused,imported/exported, etc. in any combination. Also available is the optional ability to show up to four additional items of information for display during the regular and SUPER INDEX: . The variable storage location information (local, in COMMON, passed by argument, etc). . The variable type (REAL F_Floating, structured etc.) . Usage in FUNCTION/SUBROUTINE calls (routine used in and argument number). . A user selected tag of up to 31 characters. The data saved for a SUPER INDEX listing (consisting of 6 data items as outlined above) can be displayed with a great deal of flexibility as to the data item selection, order and format (or saved in an ISAM data file for the user to work on directly). A special option of the SUPER INDEX allows the output of a list of module entry points which pass data in and out by argument, the name of each argument and it's type, the name of any module which calls that entry point along with the name of each variable passed in the corresponding argument position and it's type. The resulting information supplied allows the user to follow the flow of data throughout a program or find the usage of any selected data variable as required. If selected, the user may at the same time generate a flow chart of the source file currently being cross-referenced. If wanted, the user can generate in place of the SUPER INDEX, an entry point cross-reference listing showing who calls who and is called by who (with optional graphical tree output). Changes and Improvements: Upgrade for Operating System VAX/VMS V5 FORTRAN compatability. Restrictions: Does not handle CDD "Dictionary" directive. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0003 \\ V00096 XMODEM Version: November 1989 Author: J.J. Belonis II, Physics/Astronomy Computer Cost Ctr, University of Washington, FM-15, Seattle, WA 98195 Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.7-5.2 Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 30KB Software Required: XMODEM or MODEM7 protocol running on another computer Hardware Required: Another computer running XMODEM or MODEM7 protocol Keywords: Data Communications, Utilities - VMS Abstract: XMODEM.FOR is a FORTRAN and MACRO intercomputer file transfer program with checksums and error correction using the Ward Christensen protocol equivalent to the CP/M program XMODEM 5.0. It is compatible with the public domain CP/M program MODEM7 and its predecessors and successors running on various computers, as well as with many commercial microcomputer file transfer packages. Both binary and text file transfers are supported. Options are: . S Send file from the VAX . R Receive file to the VAX Suboptions: . T Text - VAX/VMS File conversion to/from CP/M text file . C - Use 2 byte Cyclic Redundancy Check rather than 1 byte checksum . B - Batch mode (i.e. multiple wildcarded files in one command) The program keeps a log file in current or main directory if there are errors. Error status is returned to DCL for use in batch jobs and spawned subprocesses. XMODEM.FOR can be used for VAX to VAX file transfer including executable and other binary files if the VAX version of MODEM7 is available or by using an intermediate microcomputer running a MODEM7 compatible program. It works at least to 9600 baud on a moderately loaded VAX 11/780 (30-40 users). No privileges are necessary. Notes: Executable and/or object code is included. Changes and Improvements: Error status returned to DCL; output and log files opened SHARED. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0003 \\ V00095 Usage Utilities for VAX/VMS Version: June 1984 Submitted by: Andrew W. Potter, Rochester Institute of Technology, Rochester, NY Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.4 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Keywords: Bulletin Board, Networking, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Some of the programs included in this package are: CD A fast Unix(tm) like chdir written entirely in FORTRAN (no DCL) FINGER A utility to finger a user in sysuaf...safe enough to be installed with SYSPRV. Tells you more if you have OPER GMAIL A general purpose public bulletin board facility KILL A rewritten version of an earlier submission which now uses CLDs, error definitions and has force image exit opt NETCOPY A preprocessor for copy which uses getjpi to get a username and inquires for the password separately (noecho)... (The username can still be specified explicitly). NETUSERS A graphic program which (on a GIGI or VT-125) will display in colored bar graph from the user and batch job counts on up to 5 DECnet nodes NODESHOW A utility which will allow users to look at other DECnet nodes without actually logging on to them WHERE The result of playing with SYS$FAO...gives a 2 line summary of the local system load and shows where FINGER A FORTRAN program to read the system authorization file and read a user record by either uic or username Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0003 \\ V00094 Boeing 747 Flight Simulator Version: V3, May 1984 Submitted by: David Gilmore, Open Learning Institute, Richmond, BC, Canada Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.4 Source Language: VAX-11 BASIC Hardware Required: VT100 type terminal Keywords: Games Abstract: Flight is an instrument simulation of a Boeing 747 aircraft. The program simulates the characteristics of this aircraft during a flight from New York's John F. Kennedy airport (NYC) to Bradley Field, Hartford (BDC). The simulation runs on any VT100 type terminal in ANSII mode and features a full ILS landing sequence and Air Traffic Control during the flight. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0003 \\ V00093 SEDT: Full Function Screen Editor Program Version: V1.0, March 1984 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.6 Source Language: BLISS-32, MACRO-32, PASCAL Keywords: Editors, Terminal Handler Abstract: SEDT is a high performance, full function VAX screen editor that offers a number of unique attributes: . Full support of the VT200 series terminals using VT200 7 bit mode with support of all function keys and multinational character set, SEDT will automatically switch the terminal into and from VT100 mode. . Superior performance through optimal coding, screen optimization routines and the ability to have SEDT reside in a subprocess, which allows SEDT to be reentered without any reinitialization. . The ability to run on slow terminal lines through suspension of screen updates when a command is entered and by moving the cursor window to the top of the screen. . Adaptability to new terminals through simple modification to the sources. . Callability, which enables SEDT to be integrated into other software packages; callable SEDT is reentrant which enables the application to reenter the edit session. . User interface that is very close to EDT in change mode . The ability to mark a number of points in the file and return to these points. All sources are included in the submission, which enables sites to tailor the product for local requirements. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0003 \\ V00092 WOMBAT: A Netlist Comparison Program Version: V1.2, June 1984 Author: Rick Spickelmier, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, CA Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.0 Source Language: C Software Required: VAX C Compiler Keywords: Circuit Simulation, Engineering Applications Abstract: WOMBAT is a program for the comparison of two netlists. Typically, one netlist is obtained from an extracted layout and one from a schematic diagram, but they may also come from other sources. The output from the program is a list of cells (they may be transistors, gates or blocks) which the program could not match, along with a list of terminals or nets which the program has been able to correlate. The program differs from other netlist comparison programs in that it does not require labeling of any nets in either circuit to get started. Currently, most integrated circuit layouts are hand checked to determine their correctness. This manual procedure is very time consuming and does not guarantee an error-free circuit. The WOMBAT program has been developed to overcome this problem. WOMBAT currently runs on a VAX under Berkeley UNIX and Digital Equipment Corporation's VMS. Running under UNIX, WOMBAT can compare two 1200 element circuits in under 30 cpu seconds. WOMBAT has been used on circuits containing over 10k elements. Release Notes distributed with each order. Notes: This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California- Berkeley. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00091 SPLICE3 Version: 3.0, May 1987 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, through Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 Source Language: C Memory Required: 3MB Software Required: C Compiler Keywords: Circuit Simulation, Engineering Applications, Simulations Abstract: SPLICE3 [Sa186] is a new mixed-mode simulation program [New78, Kle84] which performs fast and accurate transient analysis of Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor (MOS) integrated circuits. The program uses a mixture of direct methods, similar to the techniques used in the SPICE2 [Nag75] program, and a modified version of "Iterated Timing Analysis" (ITA) [Sal83]. This combination can greatly improve the computational efficiency of circuit simulation for MOS Digital circuits by exploiting their loose coupling and relative inactivity, and still efficiently solve tightly coupled analog circuits by switching automatically to direct methods when appropriate. At the present time, only the electrical analysis is available to the user. The logic analysis and mixed-mode aspects of the program are still under development at the present time. The electrical analysis in SPLICE3 produces results which are as accurate as SPICE2 for both analog and Digital MOS integrated circuits, but uses less than 10% of the computer time for large circuits. The ordering information for the manuals is as follows: . Order V00091 (EA) for "User's Guide" . Order V00091 (EC) for "Iterated Timing Analysis and SPLICE1" . Order V00091 (ED) for "The Simulation of Large-Scale Integrated Circuits" Notes: Operating system VAX/VMS V4.3 or higher is required. V00091 needs the C compiler for compilation. This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California-Berkeley. For a description of the ULTRIX tape, see DECUS No. U00112. Changes and Improvements: The input language has changed slightly to remove certain unnecessary punctuation, such as colons and commas. The specification for subcircuits allows parameters to be passed into a subcircuit along with the node names. The ITA algorithm has a variable time-step control and can handle tightly-coupled analog circuit blocks more effectively. The MOS models have been upgraded to include MOS level 3 [Vla81] of SPICE2 and the Yang-Chatterjee MOS model [Yan83]. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), User's Manual (EC), User's Manual (ED), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI \\ V00085 Bibliography System Version: April 1984 Author: Tim Baird, Harding University, Searcy, AR Submitted by: Stephen Baber, Harding University, Searcy, AR Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.4 Source Language: VAX-11 BASIC Memory Required: 290 pages working set Keywords: Data Base Management, Library - Book Abstract: This program uses the index-sequential capabilities of VAX-11 BASIC to set up a cross-reference system for books, periodicals, etc. One application for use is to store the information on all books in a particular field that are owned by departmental faculty as well as the University's library. Inquiries can then be made by subject, author, reference, or title. Media (Service Charge Code): Write-Up and Listing (DB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0003 \\ V00083 MENU Version: V1.0, March 1984 Submitted by: John H. Smith, Public Service Indiana, Plainfield, IN Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.4 Source Language: DCL Hardware Required: VT100 Keywords: Menu Control, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: The menu allows a user to execute a program image, a DCL command procedure, a batch job, or a DCL command. The desired action is performed by selection of a key from the menu presented on the terminal. When the selected action is over the user returns to the menu for another selection. The menu is based on a data file in the users default directory. As the default is changed different menus are presented to the user. Based on options the menu can be made to not allow exit into DCL. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0003 \\ V00077 INFO: Software Development Tool Charts CPU Useage by Procedure Version: July 1985 Submitted by: Y.N. Miles, TRIUMF, Vancouver, B.C., Canada Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.0 or later Source Language: MACRO-32 Memory Required: 50KB Software Required: VMS Run-Time Library Hardware Required: Video Display Terminal Keywords: Tools - Software Development, Software Development Abstract: INFO is a performance measurement tool which displays a bar chart of the eight most compute-bound procedures within a running program image. It does this by reading the image's debug symbol table into memory, and then histogramming the program counter saved in the hardware Process Control Block. Every three seconds (user-selectable), a sorted display of the eight most compute-bound procedures is printed on the user's terminal. INFO should be installed as a known image with CMEXEC privilege. The other privileges required (ALTPRI,BYPASS,WORLD), are dynamically granted during execution using the $SETPRV system service. Because INFO runs as a separate process, the user does not have to modify his source code, nor to re-link his executable image file. Restrictions: Requires that image being monitored be linked/TRACEBACK, (this is the default link condition, usually no restriction). Does not trace time spent in shared library routines. Uses EXE$EPID to PCB procedure. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/BACKUP, or order VL0003 \\ V00073 Recording VT100 Input/Output Transactions to a File Version: V1.0, October 1983 Submitted by: Steven R. Berman, Ultrasystems, Inc., Irvine, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V2.0 - V3.4 Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: A technique for recording both inputs and outputs to any terminals on a file is presented. The technique involves the use of mailboxes and ASTs under VAX/VMS. Mailboxes are used to intercept the input and output traffic allowing it to be sent to a file as well as the terminal. The file may later be printed showing everything that appeared on the screen earlier. Restrictions: Two images must run with CMEXEC privilege. The process must have TMPMBX privilege and be able to create a subprocess. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00068 Archive Version: V1.5, August 1983 Submitted by: Richard Herdell, Reed Rock Bit Company, Houston, TX Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.0 or greater Source Language: DCL Keywords: File Management, System Management - VMS Abstract: Archive is used to transfer seldom used files to tape, allowing disk space to be optimized, while keeping permanent record of all transactions on a system level and individual user level. An Archive tape with a specific label series is kept on line where users can at any time, archive files off of the system without operator assistance. When a tape is filled up, Archive requests for an operator to load a new tape. Complete directories or individual files can be archived and then restored at a later date when they are needed. To transfer individual files, the program will ask for the number of files to transfer, and then ask for the complete filespec in the format: DRxx:(DIR)Filename. Directory transfers are handled in the same way but using the format: DRxx:(DIR). When the transfer is complete you will be notified thru MAIL and a record of the ARCHIVE operation will be installed in your default directory/ARCHIVE.LIS. If this file does not exist, it will be created. If ARCHIVE.LIS does exist, it will be appended to it. ARCHIVE.LIS contains the transfer date, complete filespec, archive tape label and save-set name of the files or directories transferred. To restore archived files, a request is sent to system OPERATIONS thru MAIL. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00067 TAPEREQUEST Version: August 1983 Submitted by: Gregory K. Gee, Honeywell Inc., Minneapolis, MN Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.3 Source Language: DCL Software Required: VAX MAIL Keywords: DCL, Magnetic Tape Handler, System Management - VMS Abstract: TAPEREQUEST is a DCL program to handle user requests for Backups and Restores. Users can request a Backup to tape, or a Restore to disk of any files on the VAX system. The user has the option of doing the Backup/Restore with TAPEREQUEST guiding the user through the entire process, or the user can request the System Operator to complete the operation. A tape library is maintained using the requestor's Username. Defaults and wildcards are recognized by TAPEREQUEST. TAPESERV may be run by the System Manager for automatic execution of the tape requests. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00066 NANNY Version: V2.5A, April 1990 Submitted by: Daniel Zirin, ZAR Limited, Pasadena, CA Operating System: MicroVMS V4.X - V5.X, VAX/VMS V4.X - V5.X Source Language: MACRO-32, VAX FORTRAN Memory Required: 150KB Keywords: System Management - VMS, Utilities - VMS Abstract: Intended for VAX/VMS system managers, NANNY a detached system process, gives your VAX the attention needed to survive the harshest user environment. Capabilities include: . Special memory management for loaded systems. Low priority and background processes are suspended to relieve memory to avoid swapping. . Disk monitor which watches specified disks for increasing error counts and low free space. . Penalize compute bound interactive processes. Allow users in editors to receive top priority. . Remove idle users from the system. Allow users to change their idle logoff period, within management approved guidelines, once logged in. . Queue wake-up calls to remind you or a fellow user of an appointment in the future. . Allow non-privileged users the ability to stop and start queues without issuing OPER privilege. . Schedule command procedures to execute at specific times, dates, or days-of-the-week (Cron feature). NANNY can be instructed to be strict or lax with your VAX using parameter files that may be dynamically changed anytime after startup. Why settle for a "Watchdog" when the best system managers hire a proper English Nanny. Changes and Improvements: Fixed problem dealing with terminal names LTA1000: through LTA9999:. Restrictions: Documentation is written with TeX. A precompiled version of the documentation exists for PostScript printers. TeX is available in the DECUS Library as DECUS No. VS0058. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VMS/BACKUP, or order VL0002 \\ V00065 ACCTING: Generation of VAX/VMS Accounting Reports Version: July 1983 Submitted by: Timothy J. Rolfe, Gonzaga University, Spokane, WA Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.0 or later Source Language: DCL, FORTRAN 77, MACRO-11 Keywords: System Accounting - VMS Abstract: ACCTING produces accounting reports based on the information in the SYS$MANAGER:ACCOUNTNG.DAT file generated by VAX/VMS (V3.0 and higher). The present implementation accumulates information on the number of jobs of various types (interactive, batch, and subprocess) by priority, the cpu time for all processes by priority, the connect time for all interactive processes (by category of terminal port, if desired), the number of page faults for all processes by priority, the volumes mounted by all processes, and the number of print requests and of pages printed. The billed resources are cpu time, some categories of connect time, and pages printed. (The subroutines used to interpret the various types of accounting packets in SYS$MANAGER:ACCOUNTING.DAT return all available information in the packets in directly usable form. Thus the accumulation of other desired statistics can readily be accomplished.) The full report generated shows detailed usage by USERNAMEs within the various ACCOUNTS, with the ACCOUNTS in alphabetical order, and the USERNAMEs alphabetized by ACCOUNT. A system-wide summary is prepared by UIC groups---presently implemented as eight groups, [0,0] to [37,377], [40,0] to [77,377], etc. Media (Service Charge Code): Write-Up (AA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00064 ABACUS: A Language for Interactive Scientific Computation Version: V3.07/0, June 1983 Submitted by: Maria Luisa Luvisetto, CNAF - INFN, Bologna, Italy Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Memory Required: 40KB Keywords: Mathematical, Scientific Applications Abstract: ABACUS is a mathematical language that works as a parser-compiler-interpreter to enable computer users, both experts and not, in formula programming in a completely interactive way. Errors and results are displayed on a video terminal in machine-user dialogue. No previous knowledge of the computer is required. The language strictly follows the mathematical representation of formulas and guides the user where needed. For example, if a formula contains symbolic names, their numerical values are inquired by the program itself. The main elementary functions and second degree equation solution are provided together with constants such as PI. Temporary storage is at user disposal and plotting facilities are included. A set of the main unit conversions are built in. External file compilation with loop statements is provided to enable formula definitions of frequent use. All the above facilities provide a powerful tool for scientists, computer programmers, and technicians in computing and developing systems. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00058 VIEW 3D: Three Dimensional Viewing Package Version: November 1983 Submitted by: David Malcolm, University of Newcastle, NSW, Australia Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: PASCAL Hardware Required: Line drawing graphic terminal. Currently set up for Tektronix terminals and plotters running IGL. Keywords: Graphics, Tektronix Abstract: VIEW 3D is a graphics processing package conforming to the following specification: . It is for use with line drawing graphic devices; the scene being described by plane polygons and wire lines. . It allows hidden line removal; and both parallel and perspective projection. . Viewing adjustments may be made interactively. . It contains a macro object description facility. . Text may be generated automatically. . It makes use of dynamic memory allocation (lists), to overcome any array size limitations. . It uses low level graphical action commands only, for portability. Restrictions: Explained in User Manual listed below. (Please note, this manual is not on the magtape and must be ordered separately.) Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00057 PAM: Package for Analogue Modelling Version: V3.0, October 1982 Submitted by: David Malcolm, University of Newcastle, NSW, Australia Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: FORTRAN IV, PASCAL Memory Required: 264K Software Required: VMS Command File supplied. FORTRAN and LIBRARY commands needed. Keywords: Mathematical, Simulations Abstract: PAM is designed for continuous time simulation (Analogue Modelling) problems, in which a physical system is modelled by a set of simultaneous differential equations: by obtaining the solution to the equations (by some means of numerical integration) the behaviour of the physical system can be inferred. PAM is a special purpose language, in which a given problem can be encoded, so as to obtain a numeric solution. It is similar to Univac's ACSL, ICL's SLAM and IBM's CSMP. PAM is intended for people who are not particularly well versed in methods of numerical analysis, and who may have little programming skill, but who are well able to extract the governing differential equations which describe a process they wish to solve numerically. Release Notes distributed with each order. Restrictions: Stated in the hard copy documentation. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00044 KIC2 and CIF to STRM; STRM to CIF Utilities Version: January 1985 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, thru Digital Equipment Corp. Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.4 and V4.0 Source Language: C Memory Required: less than 1MB Software Required: VAX-11C Compiler Hardware Required: AED graphics terminal (AED 512), Summagraphics bit pad and mouse Keywords: Artwork Editor, Graphics, Utilities - VMS Abstract: KIC2 is a process independent, IC artwork editor. It was developed to provide a low-cost alternative to present commercial artwork editors. This program is written in the C-Programming language and is designed around a simple data model so that is can perform efficiently on a General Purpose 32 bit computer. KIC2 is in widespread use within the EECS Department at Berkeley and has been used for the design of both digital and analog CMOS and NMOS circuits, Josephson function layouts and bipolar technologies. KIC2 runs on the AED 512 and the Tektronix 4113 color graphics terminals which can be connected to a VAX computer. Notes: U.S. Government export regulations prohibit the distribution of this program outside of the United States without the appropriate export license. This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California-Berkeley. For a description of the ULTRIX tape, see DECUS No. U00102. Assoc. Documentation: "Program Reference for KIC" available from Deborah Dunster, ILP Office, 467 Cory Hall, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720. Restrictions: The conversion utility works only with command line arguments and they do not prompt for data as documented. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00039 DODGEM: A Maze Game Version: 1.0, July 1982 Submitted by: David E. Wilkinson, Hunting Oilfield Services, Ltd., Aberdeen, Scotland Operating System: VAX/VMS V2.4 or later Source Language: VAX BASIC Memory Required: 138752 Bytes, 271 Pages Hardware Required: VT100 terminal or equivalent Keywords: Games Abstract: DODGEM is a game similar to the popular "PACMAN" games. It takes advantage of the direct cursor addressing and graphic font available on VT100 and equivalent VDUs. The program runs in a real-time environment, so quick reactions and nimble fingers help enormously. Instructions are displayed before and during play to let you devote all your attention to the screen. The program supports 'escape holes' at the side of the board (to move around at random), 'ZAPPING' parts of the board (to save yourself in emergencies) and reverse mode (where you do the chasing). Three levels of play are catered for, from novice to expert and a league table of the top 15 scores is maintained for each. Media (Service Charge Code): Source Listing (BA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00037 Games, MTREK Version: May 1982 Submitted by: Harold Brenner Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: RATFIV Keywords: Games Abstract: The game is very similar to the traditional Star-Trek game with the following exceptions. First, the game involves several players (1-8), each of whom has his own terminal and starship. Second, the game runs in real time as far as the players are concerned. For example, if you are going warp 8 you will continue to move regardless of your activity at the terminal (unless you are destroyed, hit something, run out of energy, or change your warp speed). Each player's status and position as well as the scores of all players is displayed and continuously updated at each players terminal. (The updated rate is 2.5 times per second, but the source code is commented on where to change it should you wish to do so.) Third, at the present time there are no Klingons or Romulans to shoot down, instead you shoot (or at least attempt to shoot) the other players. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00031 APL for VAX/VMS from SCI Version: V3.0, February 1983 Submitted by: Mike Liveright, Systems Control Technology, Palo Alto, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.0 Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Keywords: APL, Language Interpreters Abstract: SCI APL is an interpreter for the "A Programming Language". APL is a mathematically structured programming interactive language that contains many functions that operate on numbers, vectors, and arrays of arbitrary order. APL has been applied both to scientific and business applications. SCI APL supports both the standard "ASCII" type terminals as well as those terminals that have the special "APL" character set and can process the "overstrike" required for true APL terminals. Notes: This is a relatively complete, partial implementation of APL. Thus there are some functions missing, and some bugs. In general, most of the important functions are implemented and the bugs seem to be minor. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00026 REFOR: FORTRAN Package for FORTRAN Renumbering and Prettyprinting Version: April 1982 Submitted by: Thorvaldur Gunnlaugsson, University of Iceland, Reykjavik, Iceland Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Software Required: VAX-11 Sort Utility and SOS Editor. Keywords: FORTRAN, Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This package assists in converting FORTRAN card-decks to nice files for readability and editing. HOLLERITH-constants are removed. The method of renumbering can ease in understanding complicated code. The prettyprinting can be used repeatedly as changes are made for indenting. Also included is SPFOR, a program for splitting up a file into individual programs and giving them appropriate names. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0002 \\ V00017 TLP: Tape Library Program Version: Vl.0, April 1981 Submitted by: William S. Bonnett, United Technologies Corporation, Sunnyvale, CA Operating System: VAX/VMS V2.1 or later Source Language: FORTRAN 77, MACRO-11 Software Required: MESSAGE utility, HELP library routines Hardware Required: Tape drive Keywords: Magnetic Tape Handler, System Management - VMS Abstract: TLP is a system of programs which manage data about a magnetic tape library. The data file (TAPE$LIBRARY) contains information on ownership, access date, tape label, membership in a volume set (if any) and provides 80 characters of user-writable comment space for each reel to enable the owner to keep track of what is on each reel. The data file is created and manipulated by TAPELBR and accessed by MOUNT, INITIALIZ, and OK. All programs are designed as DCL foreign commands, such that only the owner of a given reel may INITIALIZE or MOUNT it. All sources are available, including a HELP library file. The TAPELBR program is approximately 90% VAX-11 FORTRAN and 10% MACRO-11. It is designed to be modified, with symbolic offsets defined for all parts of the data file, and modular structured constructs used whenever possible. Enhancements are being planned. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0001 \\ V00014 Lawrence Berkeley Labs Software Tools Version: Fall 1980 Author: Joseph Sventek, Lawrence Berkeley Labs, Berkeley, CA Submitted by: Roger Lipsett, Intermetrics, Inc., Bethesda, MD Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: RATFOR Keywords: Tools - Applications Development Abstract: This is an extended version of the software tools described in the book by Kernighan and Plauger entitled "Software Tools". The tools include many utility programs such as editors, text manipulation routines, and so on, as well as a flexible, UNIX-style command interpreter that acts as a command shell under VMS. This particular version of the tools package is in use at Lawrence Berkeley Labs. Most of the code is written in either FORTRAN or RATFOR (a more structured version of FORTRAN which may be preprocessed into ANSI 66 FORTRAN). A copy of the RATFOR preprocessor is included in the package. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0001 \\ V00012 EMPIRE: War Game of the Century Version: 4, January 1981 Submitted by: Walter Bright Operating System: VAX/VMS V2 or later Source Language: VAX-11 FORTRAN Hardware Required: Program only runs on a video terminal such as VT52 or VT100. Keywords: Games Abstract: EMPIRE is a strategy and tactics war game, pitting you against the computer. The game is played on a computer generated map that contains land areas, sea areas, and cities. The object of the game is to eliminate the opponent by capturing cities and destroying the enemy forces. Cities once captured have production capability, and can produce units such as armies, fighters, destroyers, submarines, or carriers for offense or defense. Of course, the computer is trying to crush your forces and take over the world, as are you. Early in the game, exploration is most predominant, followed later by planned offensives and holding actions, till eventual victory or defeat. Warning, typical games can take as long as ten hours, and some people find the game addictive. The program keeps the game state in a disk file, and a single game usually takes multiple terminal sessions. The .DOC file containing the instructions is correct and complete, but is terse and lacks examples. This sometimes causes confusion in the first games. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): Write-Up (AA), 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0001 \\ V00006 SPICE3 Version: 3B.1, August 1987 Submitted by: University of California at Berkeley, through Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS V4.3 or later Source Language: C Memory Required: 3 MB Software Required: VAX C Compiler Keywords: Circuit Simulation Abstract: SPICE3 is a general-purpose circuit simulation program for nonlinear dc, nonlinear transient, and linear ac analyses. Circuits may contain resistors, capacitors, inductors, mutual inductors, independent voltage and current sources, four types of dependent sources, transmission lines, and the five most common semiconductor devices: diodes, BJTS, JFETS, and MOSFETS. The SPICE3 version is based directly on SPICE2 VG.6, DECUS No. V00216. While SPICE3 is being developed to include new features, it will continue to support those capabilities and models which remain in extensive use in the SPICE2 program. The ordering information for the manuals are as follows: . Order V00006 (EB) for the Programmer's Manual . Order V00006 (EC) for the User's Manual and the User's Guide Release notes are distributed with each order. Notes: Full user's guide, user's manual and programming manual are available for this program. This program was developed by the Computer-Aided Design Group, Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences, University of California-Berkeley. For a description of the ULTRIX tape, see DECUS No. U00105. Changes and Improvements: This release incorporates many new features as well as some performance improvements. Documentation available in hardcopy only. Media (Service Charge Code): User's Manual (EB), User's Manual (EC), 2400' Magnetic Tapes (PB) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0001 \\ V00005 STAT Version: V10.0, September 1984 Submitted by: Lars Palmer, Ph.D. Operating System: VAX/VMS V3.X Source Language: FORTRAN 77 Keywords: Mathematical, Statistics Abstract: STAT is a large program package containing approximately 30 statistical analyses and control routines in one homogenous package. It contains: . Simple populations statistics and listings . Regression statistics (several forms) . Analysis of variance (several forms) . Several non-parametric tests There is also a program (OUTLAY) that functions as a numerical editor for interactive construction of data files, which also supports (primitive) interface to SPSS. The program also contains graphical routines and a program for nonlinear regressions using a GAUSS-NEUTON type mimimization (LESQ). The program is very modular and it is not difficult to add a new routine to those in the package. The current version of STAT only supports VMS. Previous versions run on the PDP-11 and the Professional. The programs are based on FORTRAN 77 and contain many constructs that make adaptation to earlier FORTRAN compilers difficult. No complete installation procedure for VMS is available. See the manual for requirements for logical names and default libraries to compile STAT. To simply run it: . Copy STAT.EXE and OUTLAY.EXE to SYS$SYSTEM . Add STAT.HLP to SYS$HELP:HELPLIB or to your defined user help library . Copy STAT38.DAT to SYS$LIBRARY To define the symbols: . STAT:==$STAT/ . OUTLAY:==$OUTLAY/ and you're ready Restrictions: Sources are included, however, the user needs to implement the driver support. Media (Service Charge Code): 2400' Magnetic Tape (PA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0001 \\ V00003 Super Star Trek Version: November 1979 Submitted by: Digital Equipment Corporation Operating System: VAX/VMS Source Language: FORTRAN IV-PLUS Keywords: Games Abstract: This game is based on the popular television series "Star Trek". It is a game of search and destroy, with a command set of over twenty-five English commands. Complete instructions are available during play via a HELP facility. The game will execute using any terminal, hardcopy or video. If, however, a VT100 is available, the program will enter a special display mode that displays and maintains status information on the screen. Notes: The sources are not available through DECUS. The source embodies the complete solution to the game. It is the intention of the authors to keep solution confidential. Sources not included. Media (Service Charge Code): 600' Magnetic Tape (MA) Format: VAX/ANSI, or order VL0001 \\